Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / CGG

CGG

cgg · TSX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker cgg
Exchange TSX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · CGG
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2013 ANNUAL REPORT

2
0
1
3
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T

 
 
JIAMA MINE  
Phase II
Expansion Project

THE COMPANY

Overview

China  Gold  International  is  a  gold  and  base  metal  mining  company  based  in  Vancouver,  Canada.  The  Company’s 

main  business  involves  the  acquisition,  development  and  exploration  of  gold  and  base  metal  mineral  properties.  The 

Company’s principal mining operation are the Chang Shan Hao Gold Mine (“CSH Gold Mine” or “CSH Mine” or “CSH”), 

located  in  Inner  Mongolia,  China  and  the  Jiama  Copper-Gold  Polymetallic  Mine  (“Jiama  Mine”  or  “Jiama”),  located  in 

Tibet, China. China Gold International holds a 96.5% interest in the CSH Gold Mine, while its Chinese joint venture (“CJV”) 

partner  holds  the  remaining  3.5%  interest.  China  Gold  International  began  its  trial  gold  production  at  the  CSH  Gold 

Mine  in  July  2007  and  commercial  production  commenced  on  July  1,  2008.  The  Company  acquired  100%  interest  in 

the Jiama Mine on December 1, 2010. Jiama hosts a large scale copper-gold polymetallic deposit consisting of copper, 

gold, molybdenum, silver, lead and zinc. The Jiama Mine commenced commercial production in September 2010. 

The  Company  has  adopted  a  growth  strategy  focused  on  strategic  acquisitions  sourced  from  the  international  project 

pipeline of its principal shareholder and the largest gold producer in China, China National Gold Group Corporation (“China 

National  Gold”)  and  developing  potential  partnerships  with  other  senior  and  junior  mining  companies.  The  Company 

also contemplates expanding resources and reserves at its existing properties through exploration programs.

1

Annual Report 2013COMPANY HIGHLIGHTSXin Song

Chairman of the Board
Executive Director

Dear Shareholders, Employees and Supporters of the Company,

2013 was a year of both successes and challenges for our company and the industry.

Our  business  performed  well  in  2013,  with  strong  production  of  148,326  ounces  of  gold,  revenues  of  US$303  million 

and profit of US$ 57 million. Although it is lower than last year, principally due to lower commodity prices, these results 

demonstrate the quality of our assets and our ability to deliver sustainable production and profit.

Last year was difficult for most metals producers as profits and share values declined. We consider those to be a part of 

normal business cycle.

Over  last  few  years,  our  company  has  adopted  a  different  vision:  we  are  focusing  on  growth  which  incorporates  a  very 

stringent  company-wide  cost  reduction  and  management  policy.  Consequently  in  2013  we  have  seen  a  14%  reduction 

in cash production costs at Chang Shan Hao Gold Mine (“CSH Mine”) from US$825 to US$707 per oz. of gold and a 5% 

reduction  in  cash  production  costs  at  Jiama  Copper-Gold  Polymetallic  Mine  (“Jiama  Mine”)  from  US$3.04  to  US$2.90 

per lbs. of copper.

In  our  acquisition  strategy  we  are  being  extremely  selective  and  exercising  highest  degrees  of  caution.  This  strategy 
worked  well  for  us  in  2013  and  helped  us  to  avoid  overpaying  for  assets  and  write-offs  that  many  of  our  industry  peers 

went  through.  Now  we  expect  to  see  many  more  opportunities  in  our  sector  and  we  are  prepared  to  act  on  those 

opportunities if we see that they offer great value to our business and to you – our shareholders.

2

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.Message froM the ChairManWe  have  successfully  upheld  our  promises  to  the  shareholders  about  our  expansion  plans  on  both  of  our  mines.  The 

Company  reached  a  monumental  milestone  in  our  history  by  completing  the  expansion  construction  at  our  Chang 

Shan  Hao  Gold  Mine  (“CSH  Mine”)  in  line  with  the  expected  timeline.  That  doubled  CSH  Mine’s  processing  capacity 

is  expected  to  double  from  30,000  tpd  to  60,000  tpd.  Gold  production  is  also  expected  to  nearly  double  from  its  2013 

level  of  130,000  ounces  per  annum  to  about  260,000  ounces  per  annum  by  2015.  We  have  successfully  finished  an 

updated NI 43-101 compliant independent feasibility study for Jiama Mine’s expansion and that indicated a 41% growth 

in measured and indicated resources and an NPV (9%) increases to over US$1.3 Billion.

Our  entire  management  team  believes  that  earning  respect  of  our  host  communities  and  governments  is  critical  in 

insuring  future  success  of  our  business.  Not  only  does  our  company  focus  on  its  profitability,  but  it  also  interacts  and 

communicates  with  local  communities  actively  by  advocating  Corporate  Social  Responsibilities  and  involving  in  local 

charities.  We  focus  on  improving  living  and  working  standards  on  our  mine  sites  as  well.  In  2010  CGG  entered  Tibet 

region  with  the  highest  standard  of  environmental  stewardship  and  community  relations.  The  company  unveiled  a 

robust  economic  plan  for  the  surrounding  communities.  This  included  the  development  of  infrastructure  and  schooling, 

greening,  landscaping,  water  treatment,  technological  innovation  and  involvement  and  training  of  local  labor.  The 

average  family  income  in  the  area  grew  approximately  12  times  as  individuals  were  hired  and  trained  to  the  highest  of 

standards.  About  35%  of  Jiama’s  operation  is  staffed  by  local  labor;  this  number  is  increasing.  Jiama  Mine  established 

a  joint  venture  with  Jiama  Town.  655  households  became  shareholders  of  the  joint  venture  and  many  of  those  are 

employed  in  construction,  transportation  and  other  labor.  These  substantial  improvements  and  the  conscious  way  in 

which  the  company  operates  resulted  in  the  Jiama  project  becoming  a  benchmark  for  mining  projects  in  Tibet  and 

our  company  keeps  receiving  numerous  recognitions  and  rewards  for  being  an  industry  leader  in  harmonious  mine 

development.

3

Annual Report 2013Message froM the ChairManWe  are  focused  on  bringing  those  highest  standards  of  business  ethics  in  any  region  where  we  choose  to  operate  in 

the  future  and  combine  this  philosophy  with  superb  operational  and  financial  performance  and  create  a  win-win-win 

situation for the communities, shareholders and our company.

Organic  growth,  cost  management  and  international  expansion  continue  to  be  our  main  goals  for  2014.  We  continue  to 

work  very  close  with  China  National  Gold,  the  largest  gold  producer  in  China  and  a  major  shareholder  of  our  company. 

We  serve  as  the  only  international  expansion  vehicle  for  China  National  Gold  and  one  of  our  mandates  from  them  is 

to  acquire  and  further  develop  accretive,  top-quality  assets.  We  continue  to  leverage  their  financial  capabilities  and 

technical expertise to facilitate financing of those acquisitions and to develop them into profitable producers.

Finally,  on  behalf  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  I  would  like  to  extend  my  sincere  gratitude  to  all  of  our  employees  and 

management  worldwide.  As  a  profitable  and  growing  company,  we  realize  that  continuous  strong  financial  performance 

is  supported  by  our  dedicated  workforce  of  more  than  1,600  employees  around  the  world.  Our  deepest  appreciation 

goes  to  our  shareholders  as  well  for  your  continuous  support  as  we  grow  to  become  a  highly  successful  and  respected 

public company.

Sincerely,

Xin Song

Chairman of the Board, Executive Director

4

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.Message froM the ChairManBing Liu

Chief Executive Officer, 
Executive Director

Dear Valued Shareholders and Friends,

The  year  2013  was  marked  by  many  successes  and  challenges  for  our  company  and  the  industry.  Metal  markets 
go  through  cyclical  changes,  but  one  thing  that  always  remains  constant  at  our  company  is  our  continued  focus 
on  delivering  top  shareholder  returns  while  optimizing  operation  and  prioritizing  safety,  environment  and  social 
responsibility.  We  effectively  respond  to  market  challenges  by  adopting  a  stringent  cost  management  policy  and  a 
disciplined and selective acquisition strategy.

This  year  I  am  glad  to  report  on  another  successful  year  of  profit  and  growth.  During  2013,  we  continued  rapid 
expansion of both of our mines: the CSH Gold Mine located in Inner Mongolia, and the Jiama Copper Polymetallic Mine 
located in the Tibet Autonomous Region in China.

On  December  20,  2013,  in  accordance  with  the  schedule,  the  Phase  II  Expansion  Project  NI  43-101  compliant 
feasibility  study  of  Jiama  was  successfully  completed  by  the  Changchun  Gold  Design  Institute  in  conjunction  with 
independent consulting engineers and the Company’s management. The results of the study were very encouraging and 
showed  copper  measured  and  indicated  mineral  resources  increased  to  1,486  million  tonnes  at  0.41%  Cu  from  1,053 
million  tonnes  at  0.44%  Cu;  and  copper  proved  and  probable  mineral  reserves  increased  to  441  million  tonnes  at  a 
grade of 0.61% Cu from 363 million tonnes at 0.77% Cu. Contained copper in the resources increased to 6.138 million 
tonnes  from  4.64  million  tonnes.  Even  at  very  conservative  long  term  metal  prices  assumptions  we  estimate  that  this 
project has an NPV (9%) of $1.3 billion and estimated to generate a nominal cash flow of $5.8 billion after tax. Jiama’s 
processing capacity is expected to grow nearly 8 times from 6,000 tpd in 2013 to 50,000 tpd in 2015. By 2016, copper 
production is expected to reach 176,000,000 pounds up from its 2013 level of 28,323,626 pounds.

5

Annual Report 2013Message froM the CeoWe  acquired  Jiama  Mine  in  December  2010  and  we  are  very  pleased  to  watch  it  grow  into  a  world  class  deposit  and 
contribute  to  the  amelioration  of  neighboring  communities.  Most  importantly,  is  that  over  35  years  of  the  estimated  life 
of mine Jiama Mine will provide jobs to our employees in local community and internationally, improve the infrastructure 
and education in the surrounding communities and generate significant returns to our shareholders.

The  Jiama  Copper  Polymetallic  Mine  achieved  its  third  full  year  of  increasing  production  of  28,323,626  pounds  of 
copper  and  16,908  ounces  of  gold.  We  are  grateful  to  and  proud  of  our  strong  team  that  has  successfully  overcome 
high-altitude, oxygen deficient, low-temperature environment to deliver this impressive growth.

We  have  successfully  delivered  on  our  promises  by  finishing  expansion  of  our  CSH  Mine  ahead  of  the  schedule.  On 
August  1st,  2013  we  have  completed  our  new  additional  30,000  tpd  crushing  and  ADR  system  and  finished  the  rest 
of  the  expansion  construction  in  2013.  We  are  very  pleased  with  rapid  execution  of  our  expansion  plans  on  both  of 
our  mines.  CSH  mine  has  made  a  tremendous  progress  to  complete  the  crushing  facility  by  utilizing  the  talents  of  our 
people and the strengths of our major shareholder China National Gold.

This  expansion  increased  total  capacity  at  CSH  to  60,000  tpd  and  ramp-up  of  production  is  currently  in  progress.  CSH 
is expected to produce 260,000 ounces of gold in 2016.

Good production level of 131,418 ounces of gold was achieved at the CSH gold mine. Our recoveries grew from 43% in 
2010, to 49% in 2011, to 53% by the end of 2012 and to 54% by the end of 2013.

Cost  management  at  all  levels  of  our  organization  was  our  biggest  priority  this  year  and  we  have  succeeded.  Cash  cost 
on our CSH Mine were reduced by US$118 per oz, from US$825 to US$707 per oz. Cash cost on our Jiama Mine were 
reduced by US$0.14 per lbs of copper, from US$3.04 to US$2.90 per lbs of copper.

Strong production results and tight cost control on both mines translated into solid revenues of US$302.6 million and a 
net income of US$ 57.2 million in 2013.

Even  during  challenging  times  in  our  industry,  we  spare  no  expense  for  sustaining  the  highest  standards  for  health, 
safety,  environmental,  social  heritage  and  culture  protection.  The  company  spends  significant  time  and  financial 
resources  for  reclamation,  greening  and  landscaping,  road  and  bridge  construction,  environmental  improvements  and 
creating  educational  programs.  We  employ  local  people  and  recruit  minorities.  We  are  involved  in  community  activities 
and support charitable organizations.

For 2014 we plan to increase both gold and copper production from the  existing and newly build capacity. We are also 
ramping up operations on the newly completed crusher and ADR plant at CSH. At Jiama we plan to finish the first stage 
of  Phase  II  expansion  to  28,000  tpd  by  second  half  of  2014  and  immediately  commence  working  on  stage  2  of  the 
expansion to 50,000 tpd with expected completion date by second half of 2015.

To fulfill our growth strategy we are working close with China National Gold on identifying potential mining opportunities 
in  safe  mining  jurisdictions  that  can  be  quickly  brought  into  profitable  production  with  the  possibility  of  further 
expansion through continued exploration.

We  enter  2014  with  a  positive  and  optimistic  energy  and  we  are  hopeful  about  potential  M&A  opportunities.  Our 
passionate  and  driven  team,  combined  with  solid  operational  portfolio  and  disciplined  approach  to  investments,  will 
assure the growth of shareholder value in 2014 and beyond.

I  would  like  to  express  my  deepest  appreciation  for  the  commitment  and  excellence  that  radiates  from  our  1,600 
plus  employees  and  contractors.  In  addition,  I  want  to  thank  our  Board  of  Directors  for  their  continuous  and  valuable 
guidance and support. I would like to assure you that our Board of Directors, management and employees will continue 
to strengthen and build our company in 2014 to ensure another year of successes.

Sincerely,

Bing Liu
Chief Executive Officer, Executive Director

6

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.MESSAGE FROM THE CEOBOARD OF DIRECTORS

Xin Song

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Mr.  Song,  51,  was  elected  as  Chairman  of  the  Board  on  February  24,  2014  and  joined  the  Company  on  October  9, 

2009.  From  October  9,  2009  to  February  24,  2014,  Mr.  Song  served  as  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  an  executive 

director  and  was  responsible  for  the  Company’s  strategic  planning  and  business  operations.  Mr.  Song  serves  as 

President  of  China  National  Gold  Group  Corporation  (“China  National  Gold”),  the  Company’s  principal  shareholder 

and  the  largest  gold  producer  in  China,  since  December  2013.  From  2003  to  December  2013,  Mr.  Song  served  as 

Vice  President  of  China  National  Gold,  where  he  is  responsible  for  resources  development,  geological  exploration 

and  international  operations.  Mr.  Song  serves  as  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Skyland  Mining  Limited,  since  December 

2007  and  serves  as  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Tibet  Jia  Ertong  Mining  Development  Co.,  Ltd.,  since  April  2008,  which 

are  subsidiaries  that  hold  the  Company’s  Jiama  Mine.  Mr.  Song  serves  as  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Zhongjin  Gold 

Corporation,  a  public  company  listed  on  the  Shanghai  Stock  Exchange,  since  February  2014,  for  which  he  served  as 

a  director  from  March  2007  to  February  2014  and  Chairman  of  the  Board  from  September  2003  to  March  2007.  Mr. 

Song serves as Chairman of the Board of China National Gold Group Hong Kong Limited since February 2014, for which 

he  served  as  a  director  from  March  2008  to  February  2014.  Mr.  Song  serves  as  a  director  of  China  Gold  Hong  Kong 

Holding  Corp.  Limited  since  August  2011.  He  serves  as  a  director  of  Mundoro  Mining  Inc.,  a  private  British  Columbia 

based junior natural resource company, since October 2011.

Mr.  Song  holds  a  Ph.D.  doctorate  degree  in  resources  economics  and  management  from  the  University  of  Science  and 

Technology  Beijing,  China,  a  master’s  degree  in  business  administration  from  the  China  Europe  International  Business 

School,  a  master’s  degree  in  mining  engineering  from  the  University  of  Science  and  Technology  in  Beijing  and  a 

bachelor’s degree in mineral processing engineering from the Central-South Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.

Bing Liu

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Mr.  Liu,  51,  was  elected  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  an  executive  director  on  February  24,  2014  and  joined  the 

Company  on  May  12,  2008.  From  May  12,  2008  to  February  24,  2014,  Mr.  Liu  served  as  a  non-executive  director, 

and  was  responsible  for  the  supervision  of  finance  related  matters  and  the  Company’s  overall  strategic  planning.  Mr. 

Liu  serves  as  Vice  President  and  Chief  Accountant  of  China  National  Gold,  the  Company’s  principal  shareholder  and 

the  largest  gold  producer  in  China,  since  November  1999  and  serves  as  a  director  of  China  National  Gold  Group  Hong 

Kong Limited, since March 2008 and serves as a director of China Gold Hong Kong Holding Corp. Limited, since August 

2011.  Mr.  Liu  has  extensive  experience  in  mine  financing,  construction  and  development  and  serves  as  a  director  of 

Zhongjin Gold Corporation, a public company listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange, since March 2007. Mr. Liu serves 

as  a  director  of  Mundoro  Mining  Inc.,  a  private  British  Columbia  based  junior  natural  resource  company,  since  October 

2011. Prior to joining China National Gold, Mr. Liu served as Senior Secretary of the China National Economy and Trade 

Commission from April 1992 to October 1997 and March 1998 to November 1999 and as Senior Secretary of the China 

Textile  General  Association  from  October  1997  to  March  1998.  He  also  served  as  a  Accountant  of  China  Automobile 

Industry Corporation from July 1987 to April 1992.

Mr.  Liu  is  a  Senior  Accountant  and  Senior  Gold  Investment  Analyst  in  China.  Mr.  Liu  holds  a  master’s  degree  in 

currency  and  banking  from  the  Department  of  Business  Administration,  Asia  International  Open  University  in  Macau 
and  holds  a  bachelor’s  degree  in  finance  from  the  Department  of  Finance  and  Trade  Economics,  Chinese  Academy  of 

Social Science.

7

Annual Report 2013BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENTLianzhong Sun

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Mr.  Sun,  56,  joined  the  Company  on  February  24,  2014  as  a  non-executive  director  and  is  responsible  for  the 

supervision  of  operation  related  matters  and  the  Company’s  overall  strategic  planning.  Mr.  Sun  serves  as  Vice 

President  of  China  National  Gold,  the  Company’s  principal  shareholder,  where  he  is  mainly  responsible  for  resources 

development.  Mr.  Sun  served  as  chairman  of  the  board  of  Tibet  Huatailong  Mining  Development  Co.,  Ltd.,  from  June 

2010  to  February  2012,  which  holds  the  Company’s  Jiama  Mine.  Mr.  Sun  served  as  a  director  of  China  National  Gold 

Group  Hong  Kong  Limited  since  February  2014.  From  March  2005  to  January  2009,  Mr.  Sun  served  as  Vice  President 

of  Zhongjin  Gold  Corporation,  a  public  company  listed  on  the  Shanghai  Stock  Exchange.  He  served  as  chairman  of 

the  board  of  Kichi-chaarat  Company,  a  mining  company  based  in  The  Kyrgyz  Republic,  since  February  2012.  From 

December  2000  to  July  2011,  Mr.  Sun  served  as  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  four  other  mining  enterprises  which  are 

subsidiaries of China National Gold. Mr. Sun has nearly 40 years of experience in the mining industry.

In  addition  to  senior  management  experience,  Mr.  Sun  also  has  rich  management  experience  in  on-site  operation 

of  mining  enterprises.  From  March  1993  to  December  2000,  Mr.  Sun  served  as  head  and  general  manager  of  three 

mining  enterprises,  through  which  he  had  first-hand  insight  of  the  operation  and  management  of  mine-site  production 

and becoming an expert in cost-control and management enhancement. Since 2005, Mr. Sun has been responsible for 

resource  development  of  China  National  Gold.  He  has  made  great  achievements  in  resources  development  and  M&A 

which inevitably contributed to the remarkable resource expansion in recent years of China National Gold.

Mr. Sun graduated from Shenyang Gold Institute and majored in Mining Engineering.

Zhanming Wu

SENIOR EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Mr.  Wu,  39,  joined  the  Company  on  May  12,  2008  as  an  executive  director  and  was  appointed  as  Senior  Executive 

Vice  President  in  March  2013.  Mr.  Wu  was  vice  president  of  Business  Development  from  March  11  2010  to  March 

2013.  Mr.  Wu  is  responsible  for  overseeing  the  Company’s  corporate  finance  and  investment  matters.  Mr.  Wu  serves 

as  head  of  the  Overseas  Operation  Department  of  China  National  Gold,  the  Company’s  principal  shareholder  and  the 

largest gold producer in China, since September 2007. Mr. Wu serves as President of China National Gold Group Hong 

Kong Limited, since March 2008 and as a director of China Gold Hong Kong Holding Corp. Limited, since August 2011. 

Mr.  Wu  serves  as  a  director  of  Skyland  Mining  Limited,  since  April  2008  and  as  a  director  of  Tibet  Jia  Ertong  Mining 

Development  Co.,  Ltd.,  since  April  2008,  which  are  subsidiaries  that  hold  the  Company’s  Jiama  Mine.  Mr.  Wu  serves 

as  a  director  of  Mundoro  Mining  Inc.,  a  private  British  Columbia  based  junior  natural  resource  company,  since  October 

2011.  Prior  to  joining  China  National  Gold,  Mr.  Wu  was  an  investment  banker  at  Deutsche  Bank  Hong  Kong,  from  May 

2001 to January 2004.

Mr.  Wu  holds  a  master’s  degree  in  management  science  and  engineering  from  Tsinghua  University  and  a  bachelor’s 

degree in management information systems from Tsinghua University.

8

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENTXiangdong Jiang

VICE PRESIDENT OF PRODUCTION, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Mr.  Jiang,  55,  was  elected  as  an  executive  director  of  the  Company  on  June  17,  2010  and  serves  as  the  Company’s 

Vice  President  of  Production,  since  March  24,  2009.  Mr.  Jiang  joined  the  Company  in  July  2002  as  a  manager 

in  charge  of  projects  in  China  and  was  responsible  for  the  supervision  of  all  exploration  projects  including  the 

establishment  of  the  gold  exploration  and  drilling  program  at  the  CSH  Gold  Mine.  Mr.  Jiang  served  as  Vice  President  of 

Business  Development  of  the  Company  from  May  20,  2004  to  September  8,  2008  and  was,  during  this  time,  primarily 

responsible  for  undertaking  property  review  and  evaluation  and  exploring  business  opportunities  for  the  Company.  Mr. 

Jiang  served  as  Vice  President  of  Production  and  Technology  from  September  8,  2008  to  March  23,  2009  and  was 

promoted  to  Vice  President  of  Production  on  March  24,  2009.  Mr.  Jiang  serves  as  a  director  of  Inner  Mongolia  Pacific 

Mining Co. Ltd., since September 2008, which operates the Company’s CSH Gold Mine and as General Manager of the 

CSH  Gold  Mine  since  August  2007.  Mr.  Jiang  has  over  30  years  of  experience  in  the  mining  industry.  Prior  to  joining 

the  Company,  Mr.  Jiang  worked  on  projects  ranging  from  grass  roots  to  bankable  feasibility  studies  for  global  mining 

companies including Cyprus Amax Minerals, Placer Dome, Barrick Resources and First Quantum Minerals.

Mr. Jiang holds a bachelor’s degree in Geology and Mineral Exploration from Changchun College of Geology.

Ian He

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Mr. He, 52, joined the Company on May 31, 2000 as a non-executive director and serves as an independent director. Mr. He 

has approximately 30 years of experience in the mining industry. Mr. He serves as President and a director of Tri-River 

Ventures  Inc.,  a  public  company  listed  on  the  TSX  Venture  Exchange  since  October  2006,  as  a  director  of  several  TSX 

Venture  Exchange  listed  companies  including  Jiulian  Resources  Inc.  since  October  2006,  Huaxing  Machinery  Corp. 

since  January  2011,  and  Dolly  Verten  Silver  Corp  since  June  2013,  as  a  director  of  Zhongrun  Resources  Investment 

Corporation,  a  public  company  listed  on  the  Shenzhen  Stock  Exchange,  since  December  2010,  as  a  director  of 

Vatukoula  Gold  Mines,  a  public  company  listed  on  AIM  of  London  Stock  Exchange  since  February  2013.  From  August 

1995  to  June  2006,  Mr.  He  served  as  President  and  a  director  of  Spur  Ventures  Inc.,  a  public  company  listed  on  the 

Toronto Stock Exchange with phosphate mining and fertilizer operations in China.

Mr.  He  holds  a  Ph.D.  degree  and  a  M.A.Sc  degree  both  in  mineral  process  engineering  from  the  University  of  British 

Columbia  and  a  bachelor’s  degree  in  coal  preparation  from  the  Heilongjiang  University  of  Technology  (formerly 

Heilongjiang Institute of Mining and Technology), China.

Yunfei Chen

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Mr. Chen, 42, joined the Company on May 12, 2008 as a non-executive director and serves as an independent director. 

Mr. Chen is based in Hong Kong where he provides independent advisory services. Mr. Chen serves as an independent 

director  of  DongFeng  Auto.,  a  Hong  Kong  listed  Chinese  auto  company  since  October  2013.  Previously,  Mr.  Chen 

worked  for  Deutsche  Bank  Hong  Kong  from  July  2001  to  August  2007,  where  he  served  as  a  director  and  managing 

director  in  charge  of  general  industries  and  mining  for  Asia  at  various  times.  Prior  to  joining  Deutsche  Bank,  Mr.  Chen 

was an attorney with Sullivan & Cromwell based in New York and Hong Kong, from March 1997 to July 2001.

Mr. Chen graduated from Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, with a juris doctor degree and is qualified to practice 

law in New York. Mr. Chen obtained his bachelor of law degree in China.

9

Annual Report 2013BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENTGregory Hall

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Mr.  Hall,  64,  joined  the  Company  in  October  9,  2009  as  a  non-executive  director  and  serves  as  an  independent 

director. Mr. Hall is a geologist with 40 years of experience in the mining industry and has extensive experience working 

with  global  mining  companies.  In  his  career,  Mr.  Hall  has  been  involved  in  the  discoveries  of  Gold  Field’s  Granny 

Smith  and  Keringal  gold  mines  and  Rio  Tinto’s  Yandi  iron  ore  mine  in  Western  Australia.  Mr.  Hall  serves  as  a  director 

of  Laurentian  Goldfields  Ltd.,  a  public  company  listed  on  the  TSX  Venture  Exchange  since  May  2008,  as  a  director  of 

Montero  Mining  and  Exploration  Limited,  a  public  company  listed  on  the  TSX  Venture  Exchange,  since  January  2010, 

as a director of Zeus Resources Ltd., a public company listed on the Australian Stock Exchange since August 2010 and 

as  a  director  of  Namibian  Copper  Limited  a  public  company  listed  on  the  Australian  Stock  Exchange  since  June  2013. 

Mr. Hall serves as a director of three private companies including Oryx Mining and Exploration Limited, Golden Phoenix 

Resources  Ltd.,  and  Golden  Phoenix  International  Pty.  Ltd.  From  2000  to  2006,  Mr.  Hall  served  as  Chief  Geologist  of 

the Placer Dome Group.

Mr.  Hall  holds  a  bachelor  of  science  degree  in  applied  geology  from  the  University  of  New  South  Wales,  Australia  in 

1973.

John King Burns

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Mr.  Burns,  63,  joined  the  Company  on  October  27,  2009  as  a  non-executive  director  and  serves  as  an  independent 

director.  Mr.  Burns  has  extensive  experience  in  the  global  resource  sector.  Mr.  Burns  serves  as  Chairman  of  Simba 

Energy  Inc.,  a  public  company  listed  on  the  TSX  Venture  Exchange,  since  September  2009,  as  a  director  of  Corazon 

Gold  Corp.,  a  public  company  listed  on  the  TSX  Venture  Exchange,  since  January  2011,  Chairman  of  Amana  Copper, 

formerly  Titan  Goldworx  Resources  Inc.,  a  public  company  listed  on  the  CNSX  Exchange  since  November  2011,  and 

as  Chairman  of  Dolly  Varden  Silver  Corporation,  a  public  company  listed  on  the  TSX  Venture  Exchange,  since  March 

2011.  Mr.  Burns  serves  as  senior  advisor  for  Potomac  Energy  and  Strategic  Resources  Fund,  since  September  2010 

and  as  Chairman  of  the  Advisory  Board  of  Lockwood  Financial  Group,  since  September  2010.  In  his  career,  Mr.  Burns 

has  served  as  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the  Drexel  Burnham  Lambert  Commodity  Group  in  New 

York, London and Chicago, managing director and global head of the Derivative Trading and Finance Group of Barclays 

Metals  Group,  Barclays  Bank  PLC  in  London  and  managing  director  of  Frontier  Risk  Management  LLC  in  Chicago  and 

has served as lead director and an audit committee member for a number of public companies in the extractive natural 

resources and information technology spaces.

Mr. Burns holds a bachelor of arts degree in economics from the University of Pennsylvania.

10

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENTSENIOR MANAGEMENT

Jerry Xie

EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND CORPORATE SECRETARY

Mr.  Xie,  53,  joined  the  Company  on  March  24,  2009  and  serves  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  Corporate  Secretary. 

Mr.  Xie  is  responsible  for  overseeing  corporate  secretarial  matters  and  daily  operations  at  the  Company’s  Vancouver 

office  under  the  supervision  of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer.  Mr.  Xie  served  as  Vice  President  and  Secretary  to  the  Board 

of  the  Company  from  March  24,  2009  to  October  9,  2009  at  which  time  he  was  promoted  to  Executive  Vice  President 

and  Corporate  Secretary.  Mr.  Xie  has  25  years  of  experience  of  engineering  and  project  management  in  the  petro-

chemical  and  oil-sand  industry.  Prior  to  joining  the  Company,  Mr.  Xie  worked  as  project  manager,  project  engineer  and 

a  senior  piping  stress  analyst  for  LPEC/SINOPEC,  Fluor,  Bantrel,  Tri-Ocean  and  WorleyParsons  Canada  Ltd.,  resource 

and energy engineering companies in China and Canada, from February 1982 to March 2009.

Mr.  Xie  holds  a  master’s  degree  in  engineering  from  the  University  of  Calgary,  a  master’s  degree  in  engineering  from 

the Beijing University of Science & Technology and a diploma from the Mechanical Department of Shanghai Institute of 

Chemical Industry. Mr. Xie is a Professional Engineer with APEGGA.

Derrick Zhang

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Mr.  Zhang,  44,  joined  the  Company  on  January  4,  2010  and  serves  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  responsible  for  the 

planning  and  management  of  the  Company’s  accounting  and  financial  reporting,  since  August  10,  2011.  Mr.  Zhang 

served  as  interim  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the  Company  from  February  28,  2011  to  August  10,  2011  and  served  as 

Controller  of  the  Company  from  January  4,  2010  to  February  28,  2011.  Mr.  Zhang  has  over  20  years  of  experience  in 

financial  reporting  and  engineering  for  public  and  private  companies  including  experience  leading  financial  reporting 

for  mergers  and  acquisitions.  Mr.  Zhang  was  a  financial  and  accounting  supervisor  and  cost  accountant  for  E-One  Moli 

Energy  (Canada)  Ltd.,  an  operating  subsidiary  of  China  Synthetic  Rubber  Corporation,  a  public  company  listed  on  the 

Taiwan  Stock  Exchange,  from  May  2008  to  December  2009  and  September  2006  to  November  2007,  respectively. 

Mr.  Zhang  was  a  Financial  Analyst  for  Teleflex  (Canada)  Ltd.,  an  operating  subsidiary  of  Teleflex  Incorporated,  a  public 

company  listed  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange,  from  November  2007  to  April  2008.  Mr.  Zhang  was  an  accountant 

with Docuport Inc., a private technology company, from May 2005 to May 2006. From 1991 to 2001, Mr. Zhang worked 

as a mining and construction cost engineer in China and Singapore.

Mr.  Zhang  is  a  Certified  General  Accountant  in  Canada  and  a  member  of  the  Association  of  Chartered  Certified 

Accountants  in  the  United  Kingdom.  Mr.  Zhang  is  also  a  Member  of  the  Society  of  Economic  Geologists  in  United 

States.  Mr.  Zhang  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Commerce  degree  with  a  major  in  Accountancy  from  Concordia  University  in 

Montreal,  Quebec,  Canada  and  a  Bachelor  of  Engineering  degree  in  Geology  from  Southwest  University  of  Science  and 

Technology in China.

11

Annual Report 2013BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENTSonglin Zhang

VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF ENGINEER

Mr.  Zhang,  53,  joined  the  Company  on  February  15,  2012  and  serves  as  Chief  Engineer.  Mr.  Zhang  has  over  22  years 

of  experience  in  the  mining  industry  in  both  North  America  and  China  and  is  experienced  in  mine  project  evaluation, 

reserve  and  resource  estimation  and  mine  economic  analysis.  Prior  to  joining  the  Company,  Mr.  Zhang  served  as  a 

technical  director  for  White  Tiger  Gold  where  he  managed  all  aspects  of  reserve  and  resource  evaluation  activities 

for  various  projects.  Mr.  Zhang  was  formerly  a  consulting  engineer  for  Newmont  Gold  Corp.,  where  he  was  involved 

in  valuating  production  drilling  and  developing  mine  planning  and  ore  grade  control  protocols  in  Newmont  Northern 

Nevada  and  Peru  Yanacocha  operations.  He  was  formerly  a  senior  mine  engineer  for  Echo  Bay  Mines  Ltd.  (which 

merged  with  Kinross  Gold  Corporation)  at  the  McCoy/Cove  mine  where  he  developed  methodology  for  reserve  and 

resource estimation, served as a member of the reserve committee for the company and conducted a full due diligence 

study  of  the  Nevada  Phoenix  project.  Mr.  Zhang  conducted  various  research  projects  for  open-pit  and  underground 

mines in China while working as an assistant professor at the University of Science and Technology Beijing, China.

Mr.  Zhang  holds  a  Master’s  Degree  in  Mining  Engineering  from  Mackay  School  of  Mines,  University  of  Nevada-Reno 

in  Nevada,  USA,  a  Master’s  Degree  in  Mining  Engineering  from  the  University  of  Science  and  Technology  Beijing, 

China  and  a  Bachelor’s  Degree  in  Mining  Engineering  from  the  University  of  Science  and  Technology  Beijing,  China. 

Mr.  Zhang  is  a  registered  member  of  The  Society  for  Mining,  Metallurgy  and  Exploration  and  is  a  Qualified  Person  as 

defined in National Instrument 43-101 of the Canadian Securities Administrators.

12

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENTThe  Board  of  Directors  (the  “Board”)  of  the  Company  is  pleased  to  present  their  report  together  with  the  audited 

consolidated  financial  statements  (the  “Financial  Statements”)  of  the  Company  together  with  its  subsidiaries  for  the 

financial year ended December 31, 2013 (the “Financial Year”).

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES AND GEOGRAPHICAL ANALYSIS OF OPERATIONS

The  principal  activities  of  the  Company  include  the  acquisition,  exploration,  development  and  production  of  gold  and 

other  non-ferrous  metals  properties.  The  Company’s  principal  subsidiaries  are  set  out  in  Note  35  of  the  Financial 

Statements and the activities of the Company’s principal subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 are set out below:

Name of subsidiary

Country of incorporation

paid share capital

Principal activities

Issued and fully  

Pacific PGM Inc.

British Virgin Islands

US$100

Holding company

Pacific PGM (Barbados) Inc.

Barbados

US$130,000

Holding company

Inner Mongolia Pacific Mining 

People’s Republic of 

US$37,500,000

Exploration, development 

Co., Ltd.

China

and mining of properties 

in China

Skyland Mining Limited

Barbados

US$41,305,016 plus 

Holding company

RMB182,992,800

Tibet Jia Ertong Mining 

People’s Republic of 

US$55,000,000

Exploration, development 

Development Co., Ltd.

China

and mining of properties 

in China and investment 

holding

Tibet Huatailong Mining 

People’s Republic of 

RMB371,800,000

Exploration, development 

Development Co. Ltd.

China

and mining of properties 

in China

Jiama Industry and Trade Co., 

People’s Republic of 

RMB5,000,000

Mining transport and 

Ltd.

China

logistics

Skyland Mining (BVI) Limited

British Virgin Islands

US$1.00

Holding company

RESULTS

The  results  of  the  Company  for  the  Financial  Year  are  set  out  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Comprehensive  Income 

on page 67 of the Financial Statements.

DIVIDENDS

The Board has not recommended, declared or paid any dividends for the Financial Year.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Details  of  the  movement  of  the  property,  plant  and  equipment  of  the  Company  during  the  Financial  Year  are  set  out  in 

Note 20 of the Financial Statements.

13

Annual Report 2013DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHARE CAPITAL

Details  of  the  movement  in  the  share  capital  of  the  Company  during  the  Financial  Year  are  set  out  in  Note  26  of  the 

Financial Statements.

RESERVES

Details  of  the  reserves  available  for  distribution  to  the  shareholders  as  at  December  31,  2013  are  set  out  in  the 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity on page 71 of the Financial Statements.

DIRECTORS

The directors during the Financial Year and up to the date of this report are as follows:

Executive Directors

Xin Song (Chairman) (Re-designated on February 24, 2014)
Bing Liu (Chief Executive Officer) (Re-designated on February 24, 2014)
Zhanming Wu

Xiangdong Jiang

Non-Executive Director

Lianzhong Sun (Appointed on February 24, 2014)

Independent Non-Executive Directors

Ian He

Yunfei Chen

Gregory Hall

John King Burns

In accordance with article 14.1 of the Company’s articles, each of the directors are subject to retirement and re-election 

annually  and  the  term  of  office  for  each  of  the  directors  will  end  immediately  before  the  election  of  directors  at  the 

Company’s upcoming annual general meeting.

Each  of  the  directors  offers  himself  for  re-election  at  the  Company’s  upcoming  annual  general  meeting  schedule  for 

June 18, 2014.

INDEPENDENCE OF THE INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

The  Board  has  received  from  each  of  the  independent  non-executive  directors,  an  annual  confirmation  of  his 

independence  pursuant  to  Rule  3.13  of  the  Rules  Governing  the  Listing  of  Securities  on  the  Stock  Exchange  of  Hong 

Kong  Limited  (the  “Hong  Kong  Listing  Rules”),  and  considers  that  all  of  the  independent  non-executive  directors  are 

independent.

DIRECTORS’ SERVICE CONTRACTS

None  of  the  directors  proposed  for  re-election  at  the  Company’s  upcoming  annual  general  meeting  has  a  service 

contract  with  the  Company  for  his  services  as  a  director,  which  is  not  determinable  by  the  Company  within  one  year 

without payment of compensation, other than statutory compensation.

DIRECTORS’ INTEREST IN CONTRACTS OF SIGNIFICANCE

Mr.  Xin  Song,  Mr.  Bing  Liu,  Mr.  Lianzhong  Sun  and  Mr.  Zhanming  Wu  are  considered  to  have  a  conflict  of  interest 

in  the  transactions  as  set  out  in  the  section  headed  “Connected  transactions  and  continuing  connected  transactions” 

below due to their senior management positions in China National Gold.

14

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.DIRECTORS’ REPORTThe  2012  Contract  for  Purchase  and  Sale  of  Dore  (details  as  set  out  in  the  section  headed  “Connected  transactions 

and continuing connected transactions” below) was entered into between the Company’s subsidiary and China National 

Gold,  the  ultimate  controlling  shareholder  of  the  Company.  Save  as  aforesaid,  no  contracts  of  significance  to  which  the 

Company  was  a  party  and  in  which  a  director  of  the  Company  had  a  material  interest,  whether  directly  or  indirectly, 

subsisted at December 31, 2013 or at any time during the Financial Year.

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN COMPETING BUSINESSES

To  the  best  knowledge  of  the  directors,  during  the  Financial  Year  and  up  to  the  date  of  this  report,  save  for  the 

directorships  and  management  roles  of  our  directors  in  other  gold  mining  companies,  none  of  our  directors  had  any 

interests  in  businesses  that  compete  or  are  likely  to  compete,  either  directly  or  indirectly  with  the  Company.  Please 

refer  to  the  biographies  of  our  directors  set  out  under  the  section  of  this  report  headed  “Board  of  Directors  and  Senior 

Management” for details of such circumstances.

DIRECTORS’ AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S INTERESTS IN SHARES AND STOCK OPTIONS

As  of  December  31,  2013,  the  interests  of  the  directors  and  chief  executive  of  the  Company  in  the  share  capital, 

underlying  shares  and  debentures  of  the  Company  or  its  associated  corporations  (within  the  meaning  of  Part  XV  of 

the  SFO),  as  recorded  in  the  register  required  to  be  kept  by  the  Company  pursuant  to  Section  352  of  the  SFO,  or  as 

otherwise  notified  to  the  Company  and  the  Hong  Kong  Stock  Exchange  pursuant  to  the  Model  Code  for  Securities 

Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuer (the “Model Code”), were as follows:

SHARES

Name

Position

Company

Approximate 

percentage of 

Number of 

shares held

Nature of 

interest in the 

interest

Company

Ian He

Director

China Gold International 

160,000

Personal

0.0404%

Resources Corp. Ltd.

Xiangdong 

Director and Vice 

China Gold International 

38,800

Personal

0.0098%

Jiang

President of 

Production

Resources Corp. Ltd.

STOCK OPTIONS

Name

Ian He

Yunfei Chen

Gregory Hall

John King Burns

Position

Director

Director

Director

Director

Company

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.

Xiangdong Jiang

Director and Vice 

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.

President of Production

Number of stock 

options held to 

purchase shares

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

0

Other  than  the  holdings  disclosed  in  the  table  above,  none  of  the  directors,  chief  executive  or  their  associates  had  any 

interests or short positions in any shares, underlying shares or debentures of the Company or its associated corporations 

as at December 31, 2013.

15

Annual Report 2013DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONNECTED TRANSACTIONS AND CONTINUING CONNECTED TRANSACTIONS

Connected Transactions

On  September  3,  2012,  Tibet  Huatailong  Mining  Development  Co.  Ltd.  (“Tibet  Huatailong”)  entered  into  a  purchase 
agreement  (the  “Ball  Mill  Liners  Purchase  Agreement”)  with  Henan  Jinyuan  Gold  Mining  Co.,  Ltd.  (“Henan  Jinyuan”) 
whereby Henan Jinyuan would provide ball mill liners and spare parts for the ball mill liners for a period from September 3, 

2012  to  September  2,  2013  at  a  total  consideration  of  RMB975,669.38  for  use  at  the  Jiama  Mine.  Details  of  the  Ball 

Mill Liners Purchase Agreement are as stated in the Company’s announcement dated September 3, 2012.

On  October  18,  2012,  Inner  Mongolia  Pacific  Mining  Co.  Ltd.  (“Inner  Mongolia  Pacific”)  entered  into  an  entrustment 
loan  agreement  (the  “Entrustment  Loan  Agreement”)  with  China  National  Gold  and  the  head  office  of  Agricultural  Bank 
of  China  (“Agricultural  Bank”)  pursuant  to  which  Inner  Mongolia  Pacific  agreed  to  provide  a  loan  (“Loan”)  in  the  sum 
of  RMB100  million  through  the  Agricultural  Bank,  the  entrustee  bank,  to  China  National  Gold  for  a  six-month  period 

ending  April  17,  2013.  Interest  shall  be  payable  at  the  benchmark  lending  interest  rate  announced  by  the  People’s 

Bank  of  China  for  equivalent  duration  on  the  date  of  each  particular  draw  down.  The  principal  amount  of  the  Loan 

shall  be  repaid  at  maturity  and  interest  accrued  shall  be  payable  on  a  quarterly  basis.  China  National  Gold  is  permitted 

to  repay  the  Loan  prior  to  maturity.  Details  of  the  Entrustment  Loan  Agreement  are  as  stated  in  the  Company’s 

announcement dated October 18, 2012.

On November 6, 2012, Inner Mongolia Pacific entered into an engineering, procurement and construction agreement (the 
“EPC  Agreement”)  with  China  Gold  Construction  Co.  Ltd.  (“China  Gold  Construction”)  whereby  China  Gold  Construction 
would  provide  general  engineering,  procurement  and  construction  services  at  the  CSH  Gold  Mine  in  order  to  expand 

the  ore  processing  capacity  at  the  CSH  Gold  Mine  during  the  period  from  December  21,  2012  to  August  31,  2013  for 

a  service  fee  of  RMB774,838,000  (approximately  US$123,287,264).  Details  of  the  EPC  Agreement  are  as  stated  in  the 

Company’s announcement dated November 6, 2012.

On  November  6,  2012,  Inner  Mongolia  Pacific,  entered  into  a  construction  supervision  agreement  (the  “Construction 
Supervision  Agreement”)  with  Changchun  Gold  Design  Institute  (長春黃金設計院)  (the  “Changchun  Institute”)  whereby 
the  Changchun  Institute  would  provide  mining  supervision  services  and  technical  support  at  the  CSH  Gold  Mine 

during  the  period  from  December  21,  2012  to  August  31,  2013  for  a  service  fee  of  RMB3,600,000  (approximately 

US$572,809).  Details  of  the  Construction  Supervision  Agreement  are  as  stated  in  the  Company’s  announcement  dated 

November 6, 2012.

On  November  6,  2012,  Tibet  Huatailong,  entered  into  the  Phase  II  Expansion  of  the  Section  IV  Roadway  Contract  (the 
“Phase II Expansion of the Section IV Roadway Contract”) with China Tenth Metallurgy Group Limited Corporation (“CTMG”), 
to  complete  an  underground  roadway  project  of  the  4450m  north  central  section  during  the  period  from  December  21, 

2012 to May 20, 2014 for a fee of RMB27,618,320 (approximately US$4,394,450). Details of the Phase II Expansion of 

the Section IV Roadway Contract are as stated in the Company’s announcement dated November 6, 2012.

On November 6, 2012, Tibet Huatailong entered into an exploitation contract for the North Area of the Jiama Mine with 
CTMG  for  excavation,  tunneling,  support  and  maintenance  for  the  North  Area  Section  of  the  Auxiliary  Ramp  (“North 
Section  Exploitation  Contract”)  of  the  Jiama  Mine  during  the  period  from  December  21,  2012  to  June  24,  2015  for  a 
service fee of RMB70,054,000 (approximately US$11,146,544). Details of the North Section Exploitation Contract are as 

stated in the Company’s announcement dated November 6, 2012.

On  November  6,  2012,  Tibet  Huatailong,  entered  into  a  contract  with  CTMG  to  provide  open  pit  ore  mining  and 
stripping  service  at  Niumatang  area  of  the  Jiama  Mine  (the  “Niumatang  Open  Pit  Ore  Mining  &  Stripping  Service 
Contract”)  during  the  period  from  December  21,  2012  to  December  31,  2013  for  a  service  fee  of  RMB56,000,000 
(approximately US$8,910,361). Details of the Niumatang Open Pit Ore Mining & Stripping Service Contract are as stated 

in the Company’s announcement dated November 6, 2012.

16

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.DIRECTORS’ REPORTOn  November  6,  2012,  Tibet  Huatailong,  entered  into  a  contract  with  CTMG  to  provide  underground  mining  services 
at  4490  Auxiliary  Ramp  of  the  Niumatang  area  of  the  Jiama  Mine  (the  “Niumatang  Auxiliary  Ramp  Contract”)  during 
the  period  from  December  21,  2012  to  December  31,  2013  for  a  service  fee  of  RMB43,000,000  (approximately 

US$6,841,884). Details of the Niumatang Auxiliary Ramp Contract are as stated in the Company’s announcement dated 

November 6, 2012.

On November 6, 2012, Tibet Huatailong, entered into a contract with Henan Zhongyuan Gold Machinery Factory (“Henan 
Zhongyuan”)  to  purchase  Flotation  Equipment  (the  “Flotation  Equipment  Contract”)  for  the  Jiama  Mine  during  the  period 
from December 21, 2012 to December 31, 2013 for a fee of RMB11,200,000 (approximately US$1,782,072). Details of 

the Flotation Equipment Contract are as stated in the Company’s announcement dated November 6, 2012.

On  December  10,  2012,  Inner  Mongolia  Pacific  entered  into  a  supplemental  geological  exploration  technical  service 
agreement (the “Supplemental Geological Exploration Technical Service Agreement”) with Beijing Jinyou whereby Beijing 
Jinyou  would  provide  hydrogeological  exploration  and  technical  supervision  services  at  the  CSH  Gold  Mine  for  the 

period  from  December  10,  2012  to  January  1,  2014  for  a  fee  of  RMB89,500.  Details  of  the  Supplemental  Geological 

Exploration Technical Service Agreement are as stated in the Company’s announcement dated December 10, 2012.

China National Gold is the substantial shareholder of the Company and is therefore a connected person of the Company 

under  the  Hong  Kong  Listing  Rules.  The  Company,  Tibet  Huatailong,  Henan  Jinyuan,  Inner  Mongolia  Pacific,  China 
Gold  Construction,  CTMG,  Henan  Zhongyuan,  Beijing  Jinyou  (the  “Controlled  Entities”)  being  ultimately  controlled  by 
China  National  Gold  and  therefore  are  connected  persons  of  the  Company  by  virtue  of  Rule  14A.11  of  the  Hong  Kong 

Listing Rules.

Continuing Connected Transaction

(i) 

Contract for Purchase and Sale of Dore

On  January  27,  2012,  China  National  Gold  and  Inner  Mongolia  Pacific  entered  into  a  non-exclusive  contract 
for  the  purchase  and  sale  of  dore  (the  “2012  Contract  for  Purchase  and  Sale  of  Dore”)  pursuant  to  which  Inner 
Mongolia  Pacific  shall  sell  gold  dore  bars  to  China  National  Gold  from  time  to  time  through  to  December  31, 

2014,  with  pricing  referenced  to  the  daily  average  price  of  Au9995  gold  ingot  as  quoted  on  the  Shanghai  Gold 

Exchange  and  the  daily  average  price  of  No.  2  silver  as  quoted  on  the  Shanghai  Huatong  Platinum  &  Silver 

Exchange prevailing at the time of each relevant purchase order during the contract period, pursuant to the terms 

and conditions of the 2012 Contract for Purchase and Sale of Dore. Details of the 2012 Contract for Purchase and 

Sale of Dore are as stated in the Company’s announcement dated February 14, 2012.

On April 26, 2013, Inner Mongolia Pacific entered into a Supplemental Contract for Purchase and Sale of Dore (the 
“Supplemental  Contract  for  Purchase  and  Sale  of  Dore”)  with  China  National  Gold  to  delete  the  original  payment 
term  of  the  2012  Contract  for  Purchase  and  Sale  of  Dore  and  to  revise  the  terms,  pursuant  to  which  Inner 

Mongolia  Pacific  would  deliver  to  China  National  Gold  an  invoice  for  the  resulting  settlement  weight,  and  China 

National  Gold  will  have  30  calendar  days  to  effect  payment.  Details  of  the  Supplemental  Contract  for  Purchase 

and Sale of Dore are as stated in the Company’s announcement dated May 21, 2013.

China  National  Gold  is  the  substantial  shareholder  of  the  Company  and  is  therefore  a  connected  person  of  the 

Company  under  the  Hong  Kong  Listing  Rules.  As  a  result,  the  transactions  under  the  2012  Contract  for  Purchase 

and  Sale  of  Dore  (as  amended  by  the  Supplemental  Contract  for  Purchase  and  Sale  of  Dore)  constitute  non-
exempt  continuing  connected  transactions  which,  based  on  the  applicable  percentage  ratios,  are  subject  to  the 

reporting,  annual  review,  announcement  and  Independent  Shareholders’  approval  requirements  under  Chapter 

14A of the Hong Kong Listing Rules.

17

Annual Report 2013DIRECTORS’ REPORTAnnual  monetary  caps  for  the  transactions  stipulated  under  the  2012  Contract  for  Purchase  and  Sale  of  Dore  (as 

amended  by  the  Supplemental  Contract  for  Purchase  and  Sale  of  Dore)  pursuant  to  Chapter  14A  of  the  Hong 

Kong Listing Rules are as follows: December 31, 2012: RMB1,782 million, December 31, 2013: RMB1,980 million 

and December 31, 2014: RMB3,168 million.

Payments  made  by  China  National  Gold  pursuant  to  the  2012  Contract  for  Purchase  and  Sale  of  Dore  (as 

amended  by  the  Supplemental  Contract  for  Purchase  and  Sale  of  Dore)  were  approximately  RMB1.07  billion  for 

year  ended  December  31,  2013  which  accounted  for  57.5%  of  the  total  sales  of  the  Group  for  the  year  then 

ended.

(ii) 

Jiama Framework Agreement

On  November  6,  2012,  the  Company  entered  into  a  development  framework  agreement  (the  “Jiama  Framework 
Agreement”)  with  China  National  Gold  pursuant  to  which  China  National  Gold  would  provide  mining  development 
services  to  the  Company  at  the  Jiama  Mine  in  order  to  implement  the  Phase  II  development  plan  for  the  Jiama 
Mine  as  set  out  in  the  prefeasibility  study  report  produced  by  Minarco-Mine  Consult  (the  “Prefeasibility  Study”) 
during  the  period  from  December  21,  2012  to  August  31,  2014.  Please  refer  to  the  announcement  of  the 

Company  dated  October  25,  2012  for  more  details  of  the  Prefeasibility  Study.  Details  of  the  Jiama  Framework 

Agreement are as stated in the Company’s announcement dated November 20, 2012.

On  April  26,  2013,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Supplemental  Jiama  Framework  Agreement  (the  “Supplemental 
Jiama  Framework  Agreement”)  with  China  National  Gold  for  the  purpose  of  extending  the  expiry  date  to  December 
31,  2015  and  to  revise  the  annual  caps  of  the  Jiama  Framework  Agreement  for  two  years  ending  December  31, 

2013 and December 31, 2014 and provide a new annual cap for December 31, 2015. Details of the Supplemental 

Jiama Framework Agreement are as stated in the Company’s announcement dated May 21, 2013.

China  National  Gold  is  the  substantial  shareholder  of  the  Company  and  is  therefore  a  connected  person  of  the 

Company under the Hong Kong Listing Rules. As a result, the transactions under the Jiama Framework Agreement 

(as  revised  by  the  Supplemental  Jiama  Framework  Agreement)  constitute  non-exempt  continuing  connected 

transactions  which,  based  on  the  applicable  percentage  ratios,  are  subject  to  the  reporting,  annual  review, 

announcement  and  Independent  Shareholders’  approval  requirements  under  Chapter  14A  of  the  Hong  Kong 

Listing Rules.

Annual  monetary  caps  for  the  transactions  stipulated  under  the  Jiama  Framework  Agreement  (as  revised  by  the 

Supplemental  Jiama  Framework  Agreement)  pursuant  to  Chapter  14A  of  the  Hong  Kong  Listing  Rules  are  as 
follows:  December  31,  2012:  RMB630  million  (actual  amount  was  RMB317,123  thousand),  December  31,  2013: 

RMB1,167,500  thousand,  December  31,  2014:  RMB299,550  thousand  and  December  31,  2015:  RMB95,827 

thousand.

Payments  made  to  China  National  Gold  pursuant  to  the  Jiama  Framework  Agreement  (as  revised  by  the 

supplemental Jiama Framework Agreement) were approximately RMB844.01 million for year ended December 31, 

2013 which accounted for 27.48% of the development work related to building, mineral asset and construction of 

the Group for the year then ended.

(iii)  Product and Service Framework Agreement

On  April  26,  2013,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Product  and  Service  Framework  Agreement  (the  “Product  and 
Service  Framework  Agreement”)  with  China  National  Gold  for  the  purpose  of  providing  mining  related  services 
and  products  to  the  Company.  Details  of  the  Product  and  Service  Framework  Agreement  are  as  stated  in  the 

Company’s announcement dated May 21, 2013.

18

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.DIRECTORS’ REPORTChina  National  Gold  is  the  substantial  shareholder  of  the  Company  and  is  therefore  a  connected  person  of 

the  Company  under  the  Hong  Kong  Listing  Rules.  As  a  result,  the  transactions  under  the  Product  and  Service 

Framework  Agreement  constitute  non-exempt  continuing  connected  transactions  which,  based  on  the  applicable 

percentage  ratios,  are  subject  to  the  reporting,  annual  review,  announcement  and  Independent  Shareholders’ 

approval requirements under Chapter 14A of the Hong Kong Listing Rules.

Annual  monetary  caps  for  the  transactions  stipulated  under  the  Product  and  Service  Framework  Agreement 

pursuant  to  Chapter  14A  of  the  Hong  Kong  Listing  Rules  are  as  follows:  December  31,  2013:  RMB870  million 

December 31, 2014: RMB780 million and December 31, 2015: RMB650 million.

Payments  made  by  China  National  Gold  pursuant  to  the  Product  and  Service  Framework  Agreement  were 

approximately  RMB401.10  million  for  year  ended  December  31,  2013  which  accounted  for  13.26%  of  the  total 

development work related to building, mineral assets and construction of the Group for the year then ended.

(iv)  Contract for Purchase and Sale of Copper Concentrate

On  April  26,  2013,  Tibet  Huatailong  entered  into  a  Contract  for  Purchase  and  Sale  of  Copper  Concentrate  (the 
“Contract  for  Purchase  and  Sale  of  Copper  Concentrate”)  with  CNGG  International  Trade  Co.,  Ltd.  (“CNGG”)  for 
the  sale  and  purchase  of  copper  sulphide  concentrates.  Details  of  the  Contract  for  Purchase  and  Sale  of  Copper 

Concentrate are as stated in the Company’s announcement dated May 21, 2013.

CNGG  is  a  company  owned  by  China  National  Gold  and  its  subsidiaries,  being  ultimately  controlled  by  China 

National  Gold  and  therefore  is  a  connected  entity  of  the  Company  by  virtue  of  Rule  14A.11  of  the  Hong  Kong 

Listing Rules.

China  National  Gold  is  the  substantial  shareholder  of  the  Company  and  is  therefore  a  connected  person  of  the 

Company  under  the  Hong  Kong  Listing  Rules.  As  a  result,  the  transactions  under  the  Contract  for  Purchase 

and  Sale  of  Copper  Concentrate  constitute  non-exempt  continuing  connected  transactions  which,  based  on 

the  applicable  percentage  ratios,  are  subject  to  the  reporting,  annual  review,  announcement  and  Independent 

Shareholders’ approval requirements under Chapter 14A of the Hong Kong Listing Rules.

Annual  monetary  caps  for  the  transactions  stipulated  under  the  Contract  for  Purchase  and  Sale  of  Copper 

Concentrate  pursuant  to  Chapter  14A  of  the  Hong  Kong  Listing  Rules  are  as  follows:  December  31,  2013: 

RMB510 million and December 31, 2014: RMB3,400 million.

Payments  made  by  China  National  Gold  pursuant  to  the  Contract  for  Purchase  and  Sale  of  Copper  Concentrate 
were  approximately  RMB343.19  million  for  year  ended  December  31,  2013  which  accounted  for  18.45%  of  the 

total sales of the Group for the year then ended.

(v)  Office Lease Contract

On  December  10,  2012,  Inner  Mongolia  Pacific  entered  into  a  lease  contract  (the  “2013  Lease  Contract”) 
with  China  Gold  Beijing  Property  Management  Centre  (北京中金物業管理中心)  (“China  Gold  Beijing  Property 
Management Centre”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of  China National Gold.  The 2013  Lease Contract  was  in  relation 
to the lease of the office premises for use by the Beijing operating centre of the Group, for a term from January 1, 

2013  to  December  31,  2013  for  an  annual  rental  payment  of  RMB6,800,000.  Details  of  the  2013  Lease  Contract 

are  as  stated  in  the  Company’s  announcement  dated  December  10,  2012.  Payment  made  by  Inner  Mongolia 
Pacific  pursuant  to  the  2013  Lease  Contract  was  RMB6,800,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013, 

representing 100% of the annual cap.

19

Annual Report 2013DIRECTORS’ REPORTOn  December  25,  2013,  Inner  Mongolia  Pacific  entered  into  a  lease  contract  (the  “2014  Lease  Contract”)  with 
China  Gold  Beijing  Property  Management  Centre  to  renew  the  lease  of  the  office  premises  for  use  by  the  Beijing 

operating  centre  of  the  Group,  for  a  term  from  January  1,  2014  to  December  31,  2014  for  an  annual  rental 

payment of RMB6,800,000.

As  China  Gold  Beijing  Property  Management  Centre  is  ultimately  controlled  by  China  National  Gold,  a  substantial 

shareholder  of  the  Company,  China  Gold  Beijing  Property  Management  Centre  is  a  connected  person  of  the 

Company  by  virtue  of  Rule  14A  of  the  Hong  Kong  Listing  Rules.  Given  that  the  highest  applicable  percentage 

ratio calculated with reference to the annual rental payable under the 2014 Lease Contract is less than 0.1%, the 

2014  Lease  Contract  is  exempt  from  the  reporting,  annual  review,  announcement  and  independent  shareholders’ 

approval requirements under Chapter 14A of the Listing Rules.

The  Company’s  independent  non-executive  directors  have  confirmed  that  the  continuing  connected  transactions 

carried out under the (i) 2012 Contract for Purchase and Sale of Dore (as amended by the Supplemental Contract 

for  Purchase  and  Sale  of  Dore);  (ii)  Jiama  Framework  Agreement  (as  amended  by  the  Supplemental  Framework 

Agreement);  (iii)  Product  and  Service  Framework  Agreement;  (iv)  Contract  for  Purchase  and  Sale  of  Copper 

Concentrate and (v) 2013 Lease Contract for the year ended December 31, 2013 have been entered into:

(a) 

in the ordinary and usual course of the Company’s business;

(b)  on  terms  no  less  favorable  to  the  Company  than  terms  available  to  or  from  (as  appropriate)  independent 

third parties; and

(c) 

in  accordance  with  the  relevant  agreement  governing  them  on  terms  that  are  fair  and  reasonable  and  in  the 

interests of the shareholders of the Company as a whole.

The  Company’s  auditor,  Deloitte  Touche  Tohmatsu,  was  engaged  to  report  on  the  Group’s  continuing  connected 

transactions  in  accordance  with  Hong  Kong  Standard  on  Assurance  Engagements  3000  “Assurance  Engagements 

Other Than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information” and with reference to Practice Note 740 “Auditor’s 

Letter  on  Continuing  Connected  Transactions  under  the  Hong  Kong  Listing  Rules”  issued  by  the  Hong  Kong 

Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants.  The  auditor’s  letter  containing  his  findings  and  conclusions  in  respect  of 

the continuing connected transactions disclosed above by the Group in accordance with Rule 14A.38 of the Hong 

Kong  Listing  Rules  has  been  provided  to  the  directors  of  the  Company,  and  was  qualified  in  respect  of  the  above 

matter. A copy of the auditor’s letter has been provided by the Company to the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.

MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS

No  contracts  concerning  the  management  and  administration  of  the  Company  were  entered  into  or  existed  during  the 

Financial Year.

STOCK OPTION PLAN

2007 Stock Option Plan

The  Company  adopted  an  incentive  stock  option  plan  with  approval  from  its  shareholders  and  pursuant  to  the  policies 
of  the  Toronto  Stock  Exchange  dated  May  9,  2007  (the  “2007  Stock  Option  Plan”).  The  2007  Stock  Option  Plan  was 
adopted  to  provide  the  Company’s  directors,  officers,  employees  and  consultants  with  an  opportunity  to  acquire  a 
proprietary  interest  in  the  Company  designed  to  enhance  the  long-term  performance  and  profitability  of  the  Company 

and  to  retain  key  directors,  officers,  employees  and  consultants.  As  of  the  end  of  the  Financial  Year,  an  aggregate  of 

400,000  common  shares  were  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  outstanding  stock  options  granted  under  the  2007  Stock 

Option Plan, representing approximately 0.10% of the Company’s outstanding common shares.

20

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.DIRECTORS’ REPORTThe principal terms of the 2007 Stock Option Plan are as follows:

(a) 

the  exercise  price  per  share  under  the  2007  Stock  Option  Plan  cannot  be  less  than  100%  of  the  trading  price  of 

the shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange for the five trading days immediately preceding the date of grant;

(b) 

the  total  number  of  shares  which  may  be  issued  upon  the  exercise  of  the  stock  options  granted  under  the  2007 

Stock Option Plan is 10% of the issued shares of the Company;

(c) 

the  stock  options  granted  to  former  directors,  senior  management  and  employees  expire  (i)  12  months  after  the 

date of termination of such individual’s employment with the Company or (ii) another date approved by the Board;

(d) 

the  stock  options  granted  are  valid  for  five  years  commencing  from  the  date  of  grant  of  such  options  or  such 

greater or lesser duration as the Board may determine; and

(e) 

the  stock  options  may  be  exercised  as  determined  from  time  to  time  by  the  Board  or  (i)  at  any  time  during  the 

first  year  from  the  grant  date  for  up  to  20%  of  the  total  number  of  shares  reserved  for  issuance  pursuant  to  the 

stock  options,  and  (ii)  at  any  time  during  each  additional  year  an  additional  20%  of  the  total  number  of  shares 

reserved  for  issuance  pursuant  to  the  stock  options  plus  any  shares  not  purchased  in  accordance  with  (i)  until, 

the fifth year from the grant date, at which time 100% of the stock options will be exercisable.

The following table discloses movements in the Company’s stock options for the Financial Year:

Options 

outstanding at 

Options 

beginning of the 

Options granted 

Options exercised 

Options forfeited 

Options expired 

outstanding at end 

year

during the year

during the year

during the year

during the year

of the year

140,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

80,000

520,000

20,000

540,000

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

(40,000)

Nil

Nil

Nil

(40,000)

Nil

(15,000)

(95,000)

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

(40,000)

100,000 (1)
100,000 (2)
100,000 (2)
100,000 (2)
0 (3)

Nil

400,000

(5,000)

0 (4)

Nil

400,000

Position

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director and Vice 

President of Production

Name

Ian He

Yunfei Chen

Gregory Hall

John King Burns

Xiangdong Jiang

Total for directors and 

senior executives
Total for other option 

holders

TOTAL

Notes:

1. 

Consists of 100,000 stock options granted on June 1, 2010 pursuant to the 2007 Stock Option Plan and expiring on June 1, 2015 at an 

exercise price of CAD$4.35 from June 1, 2010 until June 1, 2011; CAD$4.78 from June 2, 2011 until June 1, 2012; CAD$5.21 from June 2, 

2012  until  June  1,  2013;  CAD$5.64  from  June  2,  2013  until  June  1,  2014  and  CAD$6.09  from  June  2,  2014  until  June  1,  2015  with 

20%  vesting  immediately  and  an  additional  20%  vesting  on  June  2,  2011,  June  2,  2012,  June  2,  2013  and  June  2,  2014  respectively. 

Mr. He exercised 40,000 options originally granted on July 20, 2007 which were to expire July 20, 2013.

2. 

Consists of 100,000 stock options granted on June 1, 2010 pursuant to the 2007 Stock Option Plan and expiring on June 1, 2015 at an 

exercise price of CAD$4.35 from June 1, 2010 until June 1, 2011; CAD$4.78 from June 2, 2011 until June 1, 2012; CAD$5.21 from June 2, 

2012  until  June  1,  2013;  CAD$5.64  from  June  2,  2013  until  June  1,  2014  and  CAD$6.09  from  June  2,  2014  until  June  1,  2015  with 

20% vesting immediately and an additional 20% vesting on June 2, 2011, June 2, 2012, June 2, 2013 and June 2, 2014 respectively.

3. 

Mr. Jiang exercised 40,000 options in 2013, with the remaining 40,000 options having expired in July 2013.

21

Annual Report 2013DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4. 

All  stock  options  granted  on  July  20,  2007  to  various  employees  of  the  Company  pursuant  to  the  2007  Stock  Option  Plan  and  expiring 

on  July  20,  2013  at  an  exercise  price  of  $2.20  with  vesting  as  to  20%  on  the  first  anniversary  of  the  date  of  grant  and  20%  each 

anniversary thereafter have now expired.

DIRECTORS’ RIGHT TO PURCHASE SHARES

Save  as  disclosed  in  the  paragraph  headed  “directors’  and  chief  executive’s  interests  in  shares  and  stock  options”  in 

this  report,  at  no  time  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  or  the  period  following  December  31,  2013  up  to 

the  date  of  this  report,  was  the  Company  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries  or  its  holding  companies  or  any  of  the  subsidiaries 

of  the  Company’s  holding  companies  a  party  to  any  arrangement  to  enable  the  directors  or  the  chief  executive  of  the 

Company  or  their  respective  associates  to  acquire  benefits  by  means  of  the  acquisition  of  shares  in,  or  debentures  of, 

the  Company  or  any  other  body  corporate  and  none  of  the  directors  and  chief  executive,  or  their  spouse  and  children 

under  the  age  of  18,  had  any  right  to  subscribe  for  the  securities  of  the  Company,  or  had  exercised  any  such  right 

during such period.

SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS

Save as disclosed below, as of December 31, 2013, the Company’s directors were not aware of any other person (other 

than  a  director  or  chief  executive  of  the  Company)  who  had  an  interest  or  short  position  in  the  shares  or  underlying 

shares of the Company as recorded in the register kept pursuant to Section 336 of the SFO:

Name

Nature of interest

held

outstanding shares

China National Gold Group Corporation  (1)
China National Gold Group Hong Kong Limited

Indirect

Registered Owner

155,794,830(1)
155,794,830

39.31%

39.31%

Number of Shares 

Approximate 

percentage of 

Note:

1. 

China  National  Gold  Group  Corporation  directly  and  wholly  owns  China  National  Gold  Group  Hong  Kong  Limited  therefore  the  interest 

attributable  to  China  National  Gold  Group  Corporation  represents  its  indirect  interest  in  the  Company’s  shares  through  its  equity  interest 

in China National Gold Group Hong Kong Limited.

PURCHASE, SALE OR REDEMPTION OF THE COMPANY’S LISTED SECURITIES

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  neither  the  Company,  nor  any  of  its  subsidiaries  purchased,  sold  and 

redeemed any of the Company’s listed securities.

EMOLUMENT POLICY

The  Company’s  executive  emolument  policy  and  compensation  program  is  administered  by  the  Compensation  and 

Benefits  Committee  which  consists  solely  of  independent  directors.  The  Compensation  and  Benefits  Committee  reviews 

levels of cash compensation as needed and at least annually, and makes recommendations to the Board to adjust cash 

compensation  in  light  of  merit,  qualifications  and  competence.  The  Compensation  and  Benefits  Committee  also  reviews 

the  corporate  goals  and  objectives  relevant  to  the  compensation  of  the  senior  executive  officers  as  needed  and  at  least 

annually  and  based  on  recommendations  from  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  other  members  of  the  management 
team.  The  Compensation  and  Benefits  Committee  makes  its  determinations  as  to  overall  compensation  levels  on  the 

basis  of  both  available  third  party  data  regarding  comparable  compensation  at  similar  size  companies  as  well  as  their 

own  industry  experience  and  the  Company’s  hiring  and  retention  needs.  Decisions  relating  to  executive  compensation 

are reported by the Compensation and Benefits Committee to the Board for approval.

22

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.DIRECTORS’ REPORT  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
The  Company’s  director  emolument  policy  is  administered  by  the  Compensation  and  Benefits  Committee  with  regard  to 

comparable market statistics. Decisions relating to the compensation of directors are reported by the Compensation and 

Benefits Committee to the Board for approval.

The emolument policy for the Company’s employees is determined on a department by department basis with the Chief 

Executive  Officer  determining  the  emoluments  for  employees  and  managers  based  on  merit,  qualifications  and  the 

Company’s hiring and retention needs.

The  Company  has  also  adopted  stock  option  plans  to  provide  an  incentive  to  the  directors,  officers  and  eligible 

employees  for  future  services  to  further  the  Company’s  objectives.  The  details  of  the  Company’s  stock  option  plan  are 

set out in Note 26(b) of the Financial Statements.

PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS

There  are  no  provisions  for  pre-emptive  rights  under  the  Company’s  articles  or  under  the  laws  of  Canada  which  would 

oblige the Company to offer new shares on a pro-rata basis to existing shareholders.

SUFFICIENCY OF PUBLIC FLOAT

The  Hong  Kong  Listing  Rules  require  that  at  least  25%  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  shares  be  at  all  times  held 

by  the  public  to  ensure  the  sufficiency  of  the  Company’s  public  float.  As  at  December  31,  2013,  the  Company  had 

396,413,753  shares  outstanding  of  which  240,460,123  shares  were  included  in  the  public  float,  representing  60.66% 

of the Company’s outstanding common shares.

MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS

Details  of  the  Company’s  transactions  with  its  major  suppliers  and  customers  during  the  Financial  Year  are  set  out 

below:

CUSTOMERS

The largest customer accounted for 59% of the Company’s sales.

The five largest customers accounted for 100% of the Company’s sales.

The  Company’s  principal  shareholder,  China  National  Gold,  purchases  gold  dore  bars  from  the  CSH  Gold  Mine  at 

prevailing  market prices pursuant  to a contract for the purchase and sale of dore  dated  January 27, 2012.  Please  refer 

to  the  section  of  this  report  headed  “Connected  transactions  and  continuing  connected  transactions”  above  for  further 
details. Mr. Sun, Mr. Song, Mr. Liu and Mr. Wu are executive officers of China National Gold.

Save  as  disclosed  above,  at  no  time  during  the  Financial  Year  did  a  director,  an  associate  of  a  director  or  any  other 

shareholder  (which  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Company’s  directors  owns  more  than  5%  of  the  Company’s  issued  share 

capital) hold an interest in the Company’s five largest customers.

SUPPLIERS

The largest supplier accounted for 35% of the Company’s purchases.

The five largest suppliers accounted for 68% of the Company’s purchases.

At  no  time  during  the  Financial  Year  did  a  director,  an  associate  of  a  director  or  any  other  shareholder  (which  to  the 

knowledge  of  the  Company’s  directors  owns  more  than  5%  of  the  Company’s  issued  share  capital)  hold  an  interest  in 

the Company’s five largest suppliers.

23

Annual Report 2013DIRECTORS’ REPORTCHARITABLE DONATIONS

The Company made charitable donations during the Financial Year amounting to US$14,152.50.

EVENTS AFTER REPORTING PERIOD

On February 24, 2014, the Company announced the Chairman, Mr. Zhaoxue Sun’s resignation from the Board following 

his  recent  appointment  to  another  Chinese  state-owned  enterprise.  With  the  resignation  of  Mr.  Sun,  the  Company 

announced the appointment of current Director, Mr. Xin Song, as Chairman. Mr. Song has been a Director since October 9, 

2009.  In  light  of  Mr.  Song’s  appointment  and  the  demands  placed  on  him  from  his  new  position,  Mr.  Song  resigned  as 

the Company’s chief executive officer. Mr. Bing Liu, a Non-Executive Director since May 12, 2008, has been appointed 

the  Company’s  chief  executive  officer.  The  Company  further  announced  the  appointment  of  Mr.  Lianzhong  Sun  as  a 

Non-Executive Director effective February 24, 2014.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

A  resolution  will  be  submitted  at  the  Company’s  upcoming  annual  general  meeting  to  re-appoint  Deloitte  Touche 

Tohmatsu of Hong Kong as the Company’s auditors.

On behalf of the Board,

Xin Song

Chairman of the Board
March 25, 2014

24

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.DIRECTORS’ REPORTThe  Board  considers  good  corporate  governance  practices  to  be  an  important  factor  in  the  continued  and  long  term 

success of the Company by helping to maximize shareholder value over time.

To  further  this  philosophy  and  to  ensure  that  the  Company  follows  good  governance  practices  the  Board  has  taken  the 

following steps:

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

approved	and	adopted	a	mandate	for	the	Board;

appointed	 an	 Audit	 Committee,	 a	 Nominating	 and	 Corporate	 Governance	 Committee	 and	 a	 Compensation	 and	

Benefits	Committee	consisting	solely	of	independent	directors;

established	a	Health,	Safety	and	Environmental	Committee	consisting	solely	of	independent	directors;

approved	charters	for	all	of	the	Board	committees	to	formalize	the	mandates	of	those	committees;

established	 a	 Disclosure	 Committee	 with	 a	 mandate	 to	 oversee	 the	 Company’s	 disclosure	 practices	 including	 the	

establishment	of	a	sub-committee	charged	with	overseeing	the	Company’s	technical	disclosure;

•	

adopted	a	formal	Corporate	Disclosure,	Confidentiality	and	Securities	Trading	Policy	and	formalized	the	Company’s	

disclosure	controls	and	procedures;

•	

adopted	 a	 formal	 Code	 of	 Business	 Conduct	 and	 Ethics	 that	 governs	 the	 behavior	 of	 directors,	 officers	 and	

employees	and	which	is	also	distributed	to	consultants;

•	

adopted	 formal	 written	 position	 descriptions	 for	 the	 Chief	 Executive	 Officer	 and	 Chief	 Financial	 Officer,	 clearly	

defining	their	roles	and	responsibilities;

•	

•	

•	

•	

adopted	a	whistleblower	policy	administered	by	an	independent	third	party;

formalized	 a	 process	 for	 assessing	 the	 effectiveness	 of	 the	 Board	 as	 a	 whole,	 the	 Board	 committees	 and	 the	

contribution	of	individual	directors	on	a	regular	basis;

reviewing	and	approving	the	Company’s	incentive	compensation	plans;	and

providing	continuing	education	opportunities	for	all	directors.

COMPLIANCE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The	 Company	 has,	 throughout	 the	 Financial	 Year,	 applied	 the	 principles	 and	 complied	 with	 the	 requirements	 of	 its	

corporate	 governance	 practices	 as	 defined	 by	 the	 Board	 and	 all	 applicable	 statutory,	 regulatory	 and	 stock	 exchange	

listings	 standards,	 in	 particular,	 the	 code	 provisions	 set	 out	 in	 the	 Code	 on	 Corporate	 Governance	 Practices	 contained	

in	 Appendix	 14	 of	 the	 Rules	 Governing	 the	 Listing	 of	 Securities	 on	 The	 Stock	 Exchange	 of	 Hong	 Kong	 Limited.	 The	

Company’s	 current	 practices	 are	 reviewed	 and	 updated	 regularly	 to	 ensure	 that	 the	 latest	 developments	 in	 corporate	

governance are followed and observed.

25

Annual Report 2013CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTBOARD COMPOSITION

Corporate	 governance	 guidelines	 adopted	 by	 the	 Canadian	 Securities	 Administrators	 (“CSA”)	 recommend	 that	 a	

majority	 of	 the	 directors	 of	 a	 corporation	 be	 independent	 directors.	 Under	 the	 CSA	 corporate	 governance	 guidelines,	 an	

“independent	 director”	 is	 a	 director	 who	 has	 no	 direct	 or	 indirect	 material	 relationship	 with	 the	 Company,	 including	 as	

a	 partner,	 shareholder	 or	 officer	 of	 an	 organization	 that	 has	 a	 relationship	 with	 the	 Company.	 A	 “material	 relationship”	

is	one	that	would,	or	in	the	view	of	the	Board	could	be	reasonably	expected	to,	interfere	with	the	exercise	of	a	director’s	

independent	 judgment.	 As	 at	 December	 31,	 2013	 and	 as	 at	 the	 date	 of	 this	 report,	 the	 Board	 has	 determined	 that	

it	 consists	 of	 four	 “independent	 directors”	 and	 five	 non-independent	 directors	 under	 the	 CSA	 corporate	 governance	

guidelines.  The  Board  believes  that  its  current  size  and  composition  and  the  composition  of  the  Board  committees 

consisting	solely	of	independent	directors,	results	in	balanced	representation.

As	 at	 the	 date	 of	 this	 report,	 the	 Board	 has	 determined	 that	 it	 consists	 of	 four	 independent	 directors	 and	 five	 non-

independent directors as follows:

Independent Directors

Non-independent Directors

Ian	He

Yunfei	Chen

Gregory	Hall

John	King	Burns

Notes:

Xin	Song	(Chairman)  (1)
Bing	Liu	(Chief Executive Officer)  (2)
Lianzhong	Sun	 (3)
Zhanming Wu (Senior Executive Vice President)  (4)
Xiangdong Jiang (Vice President of Production)  (5)

1.	

Mr.	 Song	 is	 a	 non-independent	 director	 in	 his	 capacity	 as	 an	 executive	 officer	 of	 China	 of	 China	 National	 Gold	 which	 has	 a	 material	

relationship with the Company.

2.	

Mr.	 Liu	 is	 a	 non-independent	director	 in	 his	 capacity	 as	 a	 senior	 officer	 of	 the	 Company	 and	 in	 his	 capacity	 an	 executive	 officer	 of	 China	

National	Gold	which	has	a	material	relationship	with	the	Company.

3.	

Mr.	 Sun	 is	 a	 non-independent	 director	 in	 his	 capacity	 as	 an	 executive	 officer	 of	 China	 National	 Gold	 which	 has	 a	 material	 relationship	

with the Company.

4.	

Mr.	 Wu	 is	 a	 non-independent	 director	 in	 his	 capacity	 as	 a	 senior	 officer	 of	 the	 Company	 and	 in	 his	 capacity	 as	 an	 executive	 officer	 of	

China	National	Gold	which	has	a	material	relationship	with	the	Company.

5.	

Mr.	Jiang	is	a	non-independent	director	in	his	capacity	as	a	senior	officer	of	the	Company.

As	 at	 the	 date	 of	 this	 report,	 China	 National	 Gold	 holds	 approximately	 39.31%	 of	 the	 Company’s	 outstanding	 common	
shares.

The	 Board	 has	 determined	 that	 five	 of	 its	 nine	 directors	 being	 Mr.	 He,	 Mr.	 Chen,	 Mr.	 Hall,	 Mr.	 Burns	 and	 Mr.	 Jiang	

are	 independent	 of	 China	 National	 Gold,	 which	 the	 Board	 believes	 fairly	 reflects	 the	 investment	 in	 the	 Company	 by	

shareholders	 other	 than	 the	 Company’s	 principal	 shareholder.	 The	 Board	 has	 further	 determined	 that	 four	 of	 its	 nine	

directors	 do	 not	 have	 an	 interest	 in	 the	 Company	 or	 relationship	 with	 the	 Company’s	 principal	 shareholder	 and	 satisfy	

all	independence	requirements	under	the	applicable	corporate	governance	rules	and	guidelines.

The directors are satisfied that the size and composition of the Board results in a balanced representation on the Board 

among	management	and	non-management	directors	and	the	Company’s	principal	shareholder.	While	the	Board	believes	

that	 it	 functions	 effectively	 given	 the	 Company’s	 stage	 of	 development	 and	 the	 size	 and	 complexity	 of	 its	 business,	

the	 Company,	 through	 its	 Nominating	 and	 Corporate	 Governance	 Committee,	 may	 in	 the	 future	 seek	 to	 add	 qualified	

candidates	 to	 augment	 its	 experience	 and	 expertise	 and	 to	 enhance	 the	 Company’s	 ability	 to	 develop	 its	 business	

interests.

26

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT 
 
 
 
Mr.	 Zhaoxue	 Sun	 served	 as	 the	 Chairman	 of	 the	 Board	 from	 October	 9,	 2009	 to	 February	 24,	 2014	 and	 served	 as	

the	 Company’s	 Chief	 Executive	 Officer	 from	 September	 8,	 2008	 to	 October	 9,	 2009.	 Mr.	 Song	 currently	 serves	 as	 the	

Chairman	 of	 the	 Board	 since	 February	 24,	 2014	 and	 served	 as	 the	 Company’s	 Chief	 Executive	 Officer	 from	 October	

9,	 2009	 to	 February	 24,	 2014.	 Mr.	 Liu	 serves	 as	 the	 Company’s	 Chief	 Executive	 Officer	 since	 February	 24,	 2014	 and	

served	 as	 a	 non-executive	 director	 of	 the	 Company	 from	 October	 9,	 2009	 to	 February	 24,	 2014.	 At	 present,	 Mr.	 He,	

the	 Chairman	 of	 the	 Board	 committees,	 acts	 as	 the	 de	 facto	 lead	 independent	 director	 and	 liaises	 with	 management	

and  the  directors  regarding  relevant  matters.  The  Board  is  of  the  view  that  appropriate  structures  and  procedures  are 

in place to allow the Board to function independently of management while continuing to provide the Company with the 

benefit of having a Chairman with extensive experience in the mining industry.

The	 Company	 has	 received	 from	 each	 of	 its	 independent	 directors,	 their	 confirmation	 of	 independence	 pursuant	 to	

listing rules in all applicable jurisdictions.

To	 the	 best	 knowledge	 of	 the	 Company	 none	 of	 the	 directors	 of	 the	 Company	 are	 related.	 Relationships	 include	

financial,	business	or	family	relationships.	The	Company’s	directors	are	free	to	exercise	their	independent	judgment.

Directors,	including	the	current	non-executive	director	and	the	independent	non-executive	directors	of	the	Company,	are	

elected	 at	 each	 annual	 general	 meeting	 and	 hold	 office	 until	 the	 next	 annual	 general	 meeting,	 unless	 a	 director’s	 office	

is	earlier	vacated	in	accordance	with	the	provisions	of	the	Business	Corporations	Act	and	the	Company’s	Articles.

DIRECTORS’ PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT

The	 Board,	 through	 the	 Chairman	 of	 the	 Nominating	 and	 Corporate	 Governance	 Committee,	 ensures	 that	 all	 new	

directors  receive  a  comprehensive  orientation  so  that  each  new  director  fully  understands  the  role  of  the  Board  and  its 

committees,	 as	 well	 as	 the	 contribution	 individual	 directors	 are	 expected	 to	 make	 and	 to	 understand	 the	 nature	 and	

operation	of	the	Company’s	business.

The	 Board	provides	continuing	education	opportunities	for	 all	 directors,	so	 that	 each	 individual	director	may	 maintain	or	

enhance	 his	 skills	 and	 abilities	 as	 a	 director,	 as	 well	 as	 to	 ensure	 his	 knowledge	 and	 understanding	 of	 the	 Company’s	

business remains current.

The	 Company	 updates	 its	 directors	 on	 the	 latest	 developments	 regarding	 applicable	 regulatory	 requirements	 from	 time	

to	 time,	 to	 ensure	 compliance	 and	 to	 enhance	 their	 awareness	 of	 good	 corporate	 governance	 practices.	 All	 Directors	

have  participated  in  continuous  professional  development  and  provided  a  record  of  training  they  received  for  the  fiscal 

year	2013	to	the	Company:

27

Annual Report 2013CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTThe	individual	professional	development	record	of	each	Director	for	fiscal	2013	is	set	out	below:

Briefings and updates on 

Attend or participate 

the business, operations 

in seminars/workshops 

and corporate governance 

relevant to the business or 

matters

directors’ duties

Executive Directors
Zhaoxue	Sun	(Chairman, Resigned on February 14, 2014)
Xin	Song

Zhanming Wu

Xiangdong Jiang

Non-Executive Director
Bing	Liu	(Appointed as Executive Director on February 14, 2014)

Independent Non-Executive Directors
Ian	He

Yunfei	Chen

Gregory	Hall

John	King	Burns

MANDATE OF THE BOARD

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Under	 the	 British	 Columbia	 Business	 Corporations	 Act	 (the	 “Business	 Corporations	 Act”),	 the	 directors	 of	 the	 Company	

are	 required	 to	 manage	 the	 Company’s	 business	 and	 affairs,	 and	 in	 doing	 so,	 to	 act	 honestly	 and	 in	 good	 faith	 with	

a	 view	 to	 furthering	 the	 best	 interests	 of	 the	 Company.	 In	 addition,	 each	 director	 must	 exercise	 the	 care,	 diligence	

and  skill  that  a  reasonably  prudent  person  would  exercise  in  comparable  circumstances.  The  Board  is  responsible  for 

supervising	 the	 conduct	 of	 the	 Company’s	 affairs	 and	 the	 management	 of	 its	 business.	 The	 Board’s	 mandate	 includes	

setting	 long	 term	 goals	 and	 objectives	for	 the	 Company,	 formulating	 the	 plans	 and	 strategies	necessary	to	 achieve	 those	

objectives	 and	 supervising	 senior	 management	 in	 their	 implementation.	 Although	 the	 Board	 delegates	 the	 responsibility	

for	 managing	 the	 day-to-day	 affairs	 of	 the	 Company	 to	 senior	 management,	 the	 Board	 retains	 a	 supervisory	 role	 in	

respect	of,	and	ultimate	responsibility	for,	all	matters	relating	to	the	Company	and	its	business.

The	 Board’s	 mandate	 requires	 that	 the	 Board	 be	 satisfied	 that	 the	 Company’s	 senior	 management	 will	 manage	 the	

affairs	 of	 the	 Company	 in	 the	 best	 interest	 of	 the	 shareholders,	 in	 accordance	 with	 the	 Company’s	 principles,	 and	 that	

the	 arrangements	 made	 for	 the	 management	 of	 the	 Company’s	 business	 and	 affairs	 are	 consistent	 with	 their	 duties	

described  above.  The  Board  is  responsible  for  protecting  shareholder  interests  and  ensuring  that  the  incentives  of  the 

shareholders	 and	 of	 management	 are	 aligned.	 The	 obligation	 of	 the	 Board	 must	 be	 performed	 continuously,	 and	 not	

merely	 from	 time	 to	 time,	 and	 in	 times	 of	 crisis	 or	 emergency	 the	 Board	 may	 have	 to	 assume	 a	 more	 direct	 role	 in	

managing the affairs of the Company.

In	 discharging	 this	 responsibility,	 the	 Board’s	 mandate	 provides	 that	 the	 Board	 oversees	 and	 monitors	 significant	

corporate	 plans	 and	 strategic	 initiatives.	 The	 Board’s	 strategic	 planning	 process	 includes	 annual	 budget	 reviews	 and	

approvals and discussions with management relating to strategic and budgetary issues.

As	 part	 of	 its	 ongoing	 review	 of	 business	 operations,	 the	 Board	 periodically	 reviews	 the	 principal	 risks	 inherent	 in	 the	

Company’s	 business,	 including	 financial	 risks,	 and	 assesses	 the	 systems	 established	 to	 manage	 those	 risks.	 Directly	

and	 through	 the	 Audit	 Committee,	 the	 Board	 also	 assesses	 the	 integrity	 of	 internal	 control	 over	 financial	 reporting	 and	

management information systems.

28

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
In	 addition	 to	 those	 matters	 that	 must,	 by	 law,	 be	 approved	 by	 the	 Board,	 the	 Board	 is	 required	 under	 its	 mandate	 to	

approve	 annual	 operating	 and	 capital	 budgets,	 any	 material	 dispositions,	 acquisitions	 and	 investments	 outside	 of	 the	

ordinary	 course	 of	 business	 or	 not	 provided	 for	 in	 the	 approved	 budgets,	 long-term	 strategy,	 organizational	 development	

plans	 and	 the	 appointment	 of	 senior	 executive	 officers.	 Management	 is	 authorized	 to	 act,	 without	 Board	 approval	 on	 all	

ordinary	course	matters	relating	to	the	Company’s	business.

The	 Board’s	 mandate	 provides	 that	 the	 Board	 expects	 management	 to	 provide	 the	 directors,	 on	 a	 timely	 basis,	 with	

information	 concerning	 the	 business	 and	 affairs	 of	 the	 Company,	 including	 financial	 and	 operating	 information	 and	

information	 concerning	 industry	 developments	 as	 they	 occur,	 all	 with	 a	 view	 to	 enabling	 the	 Board	 to	 discharge	 its	

stewardship  obligations  effectively.  The  Board  expects  management  to  efficiently  implement  its  strategic  plans  for  the 

Company,	 to	 keep	 the	 Board	 fully	 apprised	 of	 its	 progress	 in	 doing	 so	 and	 to	 be	 fully	 accountable	 to	 the	 Board	 in	

respect to all matters for which it has been assigned responsibility.

The  Board  has  instructed  management  to  maintain  procedures  to  monitor  and  promptly  address  shareholder  concerns 

and  has  directed  and  will  continue  to  direct  management  to  apprise  the  Board  of  any  major  concerns  expressed  by 

shareholders.

Each	 Board	 committee	 is	 empowered	 to	 engage	 external	 advisors	 as	 it	 sees	 fit.	 Any	 individual	 director	 is	 entitled	 to	

engage  an  outside  advisor  at  the  expense  of  the  Company  provided  such  director  has  obtained  the  approval  of  the 

Nominating	 and	 Corporate	 Governance	 Committee	 to	 do	 so.	 In	 conjunction	 with	 its	 review	 of	 operations,	 the	 Board	

considers  risk  issues  when  appropriate  and  approves  corporate  policies  addressing  the  management  of  the  risk  of  the 

Company’s	business.

The	 Board	 takes	 ultimate	 responsibility	 for	 the	 appointment	 and	 monitoring	 of	 the	 Company’s	 senior	 management.	 The	

Board approves the appointment of senior management and reviews their performance on an ongoing basis.

The	 Company	 has	 a	 corporate	 disclosure	 policy	 addressing,	 among	 other	 things,	 how	 the	 Company	 interacts	 with	

analysts	 and	 the	 public,	 and	 contains	 measures	 for	 the	 Company	 to	 avoid	 selective	 disclosure.	 The	 Company	 has	 a	

Disclosure	Committee	responsible	for	overseeing	the	Company’s	disclosure	practices.	The	Disclosure	Committee	consists	

of	 the	 Company’s	 Executive	 Vice	 President	 and	 Corporate	 Secretary,	 Chief	 Executive	 Officer,	 Chief	 Financial	 Officer	

and	 the	 Company’s	 senior	 communications	 and	 investor	 relations	 officers,	 or	 those	 individuals	 who	 act	 in	 equivalent	

positions	 for	 the	 Company,	 and	 receives	 advice	 from	 the	 Company’s	 external	 legal	 counsels.	 The	 Disclosure	 Committee	

assesses	 materiality	 and	 determines	 when	 developments	 justify	 public	 disclosure.	 The	 Disclosure	 Committee	 reviews	

the	 corporate	 disclosure	 policy	 annually	 and	 as	 otherwise	 needed	 to	 ensure	 compliance	 with	 regulatory	 requirements	

and	 reviews	 all	 documents	 which	 are	 reviewed	 by	 the	 Board	 and	 Audit	 Committee.	 The	 Board	 reviews	 and	 approves	

the	 Company’s	 material	 disclosure	 documents,	 including	 its	 annual	 report,	 annual	 information	 form	 and	 management	

proxy	 circular.	 The	 Company’s	 annual	 and	 quarterly	 financial	 statements,	 management’s	 discussion	 and	 analysis	 and	

other	 financial	 disclosure	 is	 reviewed	 by	 the	 Audit	 Committee	 and	 recommended	 to	 the	 Board	 for	 approval,	 prior	 to	 its	

release.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

Audit Committee

The	 Board	 has	 established	 an	 Audit	 Committee,	 which	 operates	 under	 a	 charter	 approved	 by	 the	 Board.	 It	 is	 the	

Board’s	 responsibility	 to	 ensure	 that	 the	 Company	 has	 an	 effective	 internal	 control	 framework.	 This	 includes	 internal	
controls	 to	 manage	 both	 the	 effectiveness	 and	 efficiency	 of	 significant	 business	 processes,	 the	 safeguarding	 of	 assets,	

the	 maintenance	 of	 proper	 accounting	 records,	 and	 the	 reliability	 of	 financial	 information	 as	 well	 as	 non-financial	

considerations	 such	 as	 the	 benchmarking	 of	 operational	 key	 performance	 indicators.	 The	 Company’s	 Audit	 Committee	

consists	of	Mr.	He,	Mr.	Chen,	Mr.	Burns	and	Mr.	Hall.	Mr.	He	serves	as	Chairman	of	the	Audit	Committee.

29

Annual Report 2013CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTThe	 primary	 objective	 of	 the	 Audit	 Committee	 of	 the	 Company	 is	 to	 act	 as	 a	 liaison	 between	 the	 Board	 and	 the	

Company’s	 independent	 auditors	 and	 to	 assist	 the	 Board	 in	 fulfilling	 its	 oversight	 responsibilities	 with	 respect	 to	 (a)	

the	 financial	 statements	 and	 other	 financial	 information	 provided	 by	 the	 Company	 to	 its	 shareholders,	 the	 public	 and	

others,	 (b)	 the	 Company’s	 compliance	 with	 legal	 and	 regulatory	 requirements,	 (c)	 the	 qualification,	 independence	 and	

performance	 of	 the	 auditors	 and	 (d)	 the	 Company’s	 risk	 management	 and	 internal	 financial	 and	 accounting	 controls,	

and management information systems.

Although	 the	 Audit	 Committee	 has	 the	 powers	 and	 responsibilities	 set	 forth	 in	 its	 charter,	 the	 role	 of	 the	 Audit	

Committee	 is	 oversight.	 The	 members	 of	 the	 Audit	 Committee	 are	 not	 full-time	 employees	 of	 the	 Company	 and	 may	 or	

may	not	be	accountants	or	auditors	by	profession	or	experts	in	the	fields	of	accounting	or	auditing	and,	in	any	event,	do	

not	 serve	 in	 such	 capacity.	 Consequently,	 it	 is	 not	 the	 duty	 of	 the	 Committee	 to	 conduct	 audits	 or	 to	 determine	 that	 the	

Company’s	 financial	 statements	 and	 disclosures	 are	 complete	 and	 accurate	 and	 are	 in	 accordance	 with	 International	

Financial	Reporting	Standards	(“IFRS”).	These	are	the	responsibilities	of	management	and	the	auditors.

All	services	to	be	performed	by	the	auditors	of	the	Company	must	be	approved	in	advance	by	the	Audit	Committee.

The	 Audit	 Committee	 held	 four	 meetings	 during	 the	 Financial	 Year.	 In	 performing	 its	 duties	 in	 accordance	 with	 its	

charter,	the	Audit	Committee	has:

•	

•	

•	

•	

overseen	the	Company’s	relationship	with	the	auditors;

reviewed	the	Company’s	interim	and	annual	financial	statements;

reviewed	and	assessed	the	effectiveness	of	systems	of	risk	management	and	internal	controls;	and

reported	to	the	Board	on	the	proceedings	and	deliberations	of	the	Audit	Committee.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The	 Board	 has	 established	 a	 Nominating	 and	 Corporate	 Governance	 Committee,	 which	 operates	 under	 a	 charter	

approved	 by	 the	 Board.	 The	 primary	 objective	 of	 the	 Nominating	 and	 Corporate	 Governance	 Committee	 is	 to	 assist	

the	 Board	 in	 fulfilling	 its	 oversight	 responsibilities	 by	 (a)	 identifying	 individuals	 qualified	 to	 become	 Board	 and	 Board	

committee  members  and  recommending  that  the  Board  select  director  nominees  for  appointment  or  election  to  the 

Board;	 and	 (b)	 developing	 and	 recommending	 to	 the	 Board	 corporate	 governance	 guidelines	 for	 the	 Company	 and	

making	 recommendations	 to	 the	 Board	 with	 respect	 to	 corporate	 governance	 practices.	 The	 Nominating	 and	 Corporate	

Governance	Committee	monitors	the	disclosure	of	conflicts	of	interest	to	the	Board	and	ensures	that	no	director	will	vote	
in	 respect	 of	 a	 matter	 in	 which	 such	 director	 has	 a	 material	 interest.	 The	 members	 of	 the	 Nominating	 and	 Corporate	

Governance	 Committee	 are	 Mr.	 He,	 Mr.	 Chen,	 Mr.	 Hall	 and	 Mr.	 Burns.	 Mr.	 He	 serves	 as	 Chairman	 of	 the	 Nominating	

and	 Corporate	 Governance	 Committee.	 The	 Nominating	 and	 Corporate	 Governance	 Committee	 met	 during	 the	 Financial	

Year	 to	 review	 its	 charter,	 to	 review	 the	 articles	 of	 the	 Company,	 to	 assess	 the	 competencies	 and	 characteristics	

represented	 on	 the	 Board,	 to	 review	 the	 results	 of	 a	 Board	 effectiveness	 survey	 and	 self-assessments	 and	 to	 confirm	

compliance	 with	 regulatory,	 corporate	 governance	 and	 disclosure	 requirements.	 The	 Nominating	 and	 Corporate	

Governance	 Committee	 is	 also	 responsible	 for	 reviewing	 and	 monitoring	 the	 training	 and	 continuous	 professional	

development	 of	 directors	 and	 senior	 management	 as	 required	 under	 Code	 Provision	 D.3.1(b)	 of	 Appendix	 14	 to	 the	

Hong	Kong	Listing	Rules.

30

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTDuring	 the	 year,	 the	 Nominating	 and	 Corporate	 Governance	 Committee	 adopted	 a	 diversity	 policy	 setting	 out	 the	

approach  to  diversity  of  members  of  the  Board.  The  Company  recognizes  and  embraces  the  benefits  of  diversity  of 

Board	 members.	 The	 Nominating	 and	 Corporate	 Governance	 Committee	 works	 hard	 to	 ensure	 that	 the	 Board	 has	 a	

balance	 of	 skills,	 experience	 and	 diversity	 of	 perspectives	 appropriate	 to	 the	 requirements	 of	 the	 Company’s	 business.	

All	 Board	 appointments	 will	 continue	 to	 be	 made	 on	 a	 merit	 basis	 with	 due	 regard	 for	 the	 benefits	 of	 diversity	 of	 the	

Board	members.	Selection	of	candidates	will	be	based	on	a	range	of	diversity	perspectives,	including,	but	not	limited	to,	(i)	

business	 experience;	 (ii)	 specialized	 skills	 and	 other	 experiences;	 (iii)	 race,	 ethnicity,	 international	 background,	 gender	

and	 age	(iv)	applicable	regulatory	requirements;	and	issues	involving	possible	conflicts	of	 interest.	The	ultimate	decision	

will be made upon the merits and contribution that the selected candidates will bring to the Board.

No	 measurable	 objectives	 for	 achieving	 diversity	 were	 specifically	 set	 by	 the	 Nominating	 and	 Corporate	 Governance	

Committee	during	the	year,	other	than	the	recruitment	of	the	most	suitable	candidate	for	a	position.

Compensation and Benefits Committee

The	 Board	 has	 established	 a	 Compensation	 and	 Benefits	 Committee,	 which	 operates	 under	 a	 charter	 approved	 by	 the	

Board.	 The	 primary	 objective	 of	 the	 Compensation	 and	 Benefits	 Committee	 is	 to	 discharge	 the	 Board’s	 responsibilities	

relating  to  the  compensation  and  benefits  for  senior  executives  and  directors  of  the  Company.  This  role  includes 

reviewing	 the	 adequacy	 and	 form	 of	 compensation	 for	 senior	 executives	 and	 the	 directors,	 determining	 the	 recipients	 of	

and  the  nature  and  size  of  share  compensation  awards  granted  from  time  to  time  and  determining  any  bonuses  to  be 

awarded.	 The	 members	 of	 the	 Compensation	 and	 Benefits	 Committee	 are	 Mr.	 He,	 Mr.	 Chen,	 Mr.	 Hall	 and	 Mr.	 Burns.	

Mr.	 He	 is	 the	 Chairman	 of	 the	 Compensation	 and	 Benefits	 Committee.	 The	 Compensation	 and	 Benefits	 Committee	 met	

during	 the	 Financial	 Year	 to	 review	 its	 charter,	 to	 assess	 the	 performance	 and	 compensation	 of	 the	 Chief	 Executive	

Officer,	 to	 review	 the	 compensation	 and	 benefits	 for	 senior	 executives	 and	 directors	 of	 the	 Company	 and	 to	 complete	

self-assessments.  The  Compensation  and  Benefits  Committee  made  recommendations  to  the  Board  for  adjustments  to 

compensation	for	the	Company’s	senior	executives	on	various	occasions	throughout	the	Financial	Year.

Health, Safety and Environmental Committee

The	 Board	 has	 established	 a	 Health,	 Safety	 and	 Environmental	 Committee,	 which	 operates	 under	 a	 charter	 approved	

by	 the	 Board.	 The	 primary	 objective	 of	 the	 Health,	 Safety	 and	 Environmental	 Committee	 is	 to	 discharge	 the	 Board’s	

responsibilities	 relating	 to	 compliance	 with	 applicable	 health,	 safety	 and	 environmental	 rules	 and	 regulations.	 This	 role	

includes	 assisting	 the	 Board	 in	 its	 oversight	 of	 the	 development,	 implementation	 and	 evaluation	 by	 management	 of	 the	

Company’s	 health,	 safety	 and	 environmental	 objectives	 and	 for	 monitoring	 the	 Company’s	 compliance	 with	 applicable	

health,	safety	and	environmental	laws	and	regulations.	The	members	of	the	Health,	Safety	and	Environmental	Committee	
are	 Mr.	 He,	 Mr.	 Chen,	 Mr.	 Hall	 and	 Mr.	 Burns.	 Mr.	 He	 is	 the	 Chairman	 of	 the	 Health,	 Safety	 and	 Environmental	

Committee.	 The	 Health,	 Safety	 and	 Environmental	 Committee	 met	 during	 the	 Financial	 Year	 to	 receive	 reports	 from	

the	 Chief	 Safety	 Officers	 from	 the	 CSH	 and	 Jiama	 mines,	 to	 review	 the	 findings	 of	 an	 independent	 safety	 audit,	 and	 to	

complete	 self-assessments.	 The	 Health,	 Safety	 and	 Environmental	 Committee	 made	 recommendations	 to	 the	 mine	 sites	

for continuous improvements.

Ad Hoc and Special Committees

In	 appropriate	 circumstances,	 the	 Board	 will	 establish	 a	 special	 committee	 to	 review	 a	 matter	 in	 which	 several	 directors	

or management may have a conflict of interest.

31

Annual Report 2013CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTMEETINGS OF THE BOARD AND BOARD COMMITTEES

The	 Board	 holds	 regular	 quarterly	 meetings	 by	 means	 of	 telephone	 conferencing	 facilities	 and	 meets	 as	 required	

between	 quarterly	 meetings	 to	 update	 the	 directors	 on	 corporate	 developments.	 During	 regular	 quarterly	 meetings,	

the  non-executive  and  independent  non-executive  directors  have  an  opportunity  to  meet  separate  from  management. 

Management	 also	 communicates	 informally	 with	 the	 Board	 on	 a	 regular	 basis,	 and	 solicits	 the	 advice	 of	 the	 Board	

members	 on	 matters	 falling	 within	 their	 special	 knowledge	 or	 experience.	 In	 addition,	 the	 independent	 directors	 meet	

regularly on a formal and informal basis to facilitate the exercise of their independent judgment.

During	 the	 Financial	 Year,	 four	 Board	 meetings,	 four	 Audit	 Committee	 meetings,	 one	 Nominating	 and	 Corporate	

Governance	 Committee	 meeting,	 one	 Compensation	 and	 Benefits	 Committee	 meeting,	 two	 Health,	 Safety	 and	

Environmental	 Committee	 meetings	 and	 three	 meetings	 of	 the	 Independent	 Directors	 was	 held.	 Attendance	 by	 the	

directors	at	the	Board	and	Board	committee	meetings	for	the	Financial	Year	was	as	follows:

Attendance record for the Board and 

Board Committee meetings during the 

Nominating 

Health, 

and Corporate 

Compensation 

Safety and 

Meetings 

Audit 

Governance 

and Benefits 

Environmental 

of the 

Board 

Committee 

Committee 

Committee 

Committee 

Independent 

Financial Year

AGM

meetings

meetings

meetings

meetings

meetings

Directors

Number of Attendances/Number of Meetings

Executive Directors
Zhaoxue	Sun	(Chairman, Resigned on 

February 14, 2014)

Xin	Song

Zhanming Wu

Xiangdong Jiang

Non-Executive Directors
Bing	Liu	(Appointed as Executive 
Director on February 14, 2014)

Independent Non-Executive Directors
Ian	He

Yunfei	Chen
Gregory	Hall

John	King	Burns

1/1

0/1

1/1

0/1

0/1

1/1

1/1
0/1

1/1

3/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4
4/4

4/4

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

4/4

4/4
4/4

4/4

2/2

2/2
2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2
2/2

2/2

6/6

6/6
6/6

6/6

5/5

5/5
5/5

5/5

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

The	 Company	 has	 adopted	 a	 Code	 of	 Business	 Conduct	 and	 Ethics	 applicable	 to	 all	 employees,	 consultants,	 executive	

officers	 and	 directors	 regardless	 of	 their	 position	 in	 the	 Company,	 at	 all	 times	 and	 everywhere	 the	 Company	 does	

business.	 The	 Code	 of	 Business	 Conduct	 and	 Ethics	 provides	 that	 the	 Company’s	 employees,	 consultants,	 executive	

officers	 and	 directors	 will	 uphold	 its	 commitment	 to	 a	 culture	 of	 honesty,	 integrity	 and	 accountability	 and	 the	 Company	

requires	 the	 highest	 standards	 of	 professional	 and	 ethical	 conduct	 from	 its	 employees,	 consultants,	 executive	 officers	

and directors.

The	 Company’s	 employees,	 executive	 officers	 and	 directors	 are	 required	 to	 confirm,	 on	 an	 annual	 basis,	 that	 they	 have	

reviewed	 the	 Company’s	 Code	 of	 Business	 Conduct	 and	 Ethics	 and	 if	 they	 are	 aware	 of	 any	 actual	 or	 potential	 conflicts	

of interest.

32

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The	 Company’s	 Nominating	 and	 Corporate	 Governance	 Committee	 monitors	 compliance	 with	 the	 Code	 of	 Business	

Conduct	 and	 Ethics	 and	 the	 disclosure	 of	 conflicts	 of	 interest	 by	 directors	 with	 a	 view	 to	 ensuring	 that	 no	 director	 votes	

on a matter in respect of which he has a material interest.

APPOINTMENT AND RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

The	 Board	 determines,	 in	 light	 of	 the	 opportunities	 and	 risks	 facing	 the	 Company,	 what	 competencies,	 skills	 and	

personal	 qualities	 it	 should	 seek	 in	 new	 directors	 in	 order	 to	 add	 value	 to	 the	 Company.	 Based	 on	 this	 framework,	

the	 Nominating	 and	 Corporate	 Governance	 Committee	 developed	 a	 skills	 matrix	 outlining	 the	 Company’s	 desired	

complement	 of	 competencies,	 skills	 and	 characteristics.	 The	 specific	 make-up	 of	 the	 matrix	 includes	 technical,	

geological	 and	 engineering	 knowledge,	 financial	 literacy,	 mining	 industry	 experience,	 public	 company	 experience	 and	

legal	 knowledge.	 The	 Nominating	 and	 Corporate	 Governance	 Committee	 assesses	 the	 competencies	 and	 characteristics	

represented	 on	 the	 Board	 annually	 and	 utilize	 the	 matrix	 to	 determine	 the	 Board’s	 strengths	 and	 to	 identify	 areas	 for	

improvement.	 This	 analysis	 assists	 the	 Nominating	 and	 Governance	 Committee	 in	 discharging	 its	 responsibility	 for	

approaching and proposing new nominees to the Board and for assessing directors on an ongoing basis.

Unless	 a	 director	 dies,	 resigns	 or	 is	 removed	 from	 office	 in	 accordance	 with	 the	 Business	 Corporations	 Act,	 the	 term	 of	

office	of	each	of	the	Company’s	director’s	ends	at	the	conclusion	of	the	next	annual	general	meeting	following	his	or	her	

most recent election or appointment.

At	 every	 annual	 general	 meeting	 the	 shareholders	 entitled	 to	 vote	 at	 the	 annual	 general	 meeting	 for	 the	 election	 of	

directors	 are	 entitled	 to	 elect	 a	 board	 consisting	 of	 the	 number	 of	 directors	 for	 the	 time	 being	 set	 under	 the	 Company’s	

articles  and  all  the  directors  cease  to  hold  office  immediately  before  such  election  but  are  eligible  for  re-election.  If  the 

Company	fails	to	hold	an	annual	general	meeting	on	or	before	the	date	by	which	the	annual	general	meeting	is	required	

to	 be	 held	 under	 the	 Business	 Corporations	 Act	 or	 the	 shareholders	 fail,	 at	 the	 annual	 general	 meeting,	 to	 elect	 or	

appoint  any  directors  then  each  director  then  in  office  continues  to  hold  office  until  the  earlier  of  the  date  on  which 

his	 or	 her	 successor	 is	 elected	 or	 appointed,	 or	 the	 date	 on	 which	 he	 or	 she	 otherwise	 ceases	 to	 hold	 office	 under	 the	

Business	Corporations	Act	or	the	Company’s	articles.

SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS BY DIRECTORS

The	 Company	 has	 adopted	 policies	 in	 its	 Corporate	 Disclosure,	 Confidentiality	 and	 Securities	 Trading	 Policy	 that	 has	

terms	 which	 are	 no	 less	 exacting	 than	 those	 set	 out	 in	 Appendix	 10	 of	 the	 Hong	 Kong	 Listing	 Rules	 (“Model	 Code”).	

Having	 made	 specific	 enquiry	 of	 all	 the	 directors	 of	 the	 Company,	 all	 the	 directors	 confirmed	 that	 they	 have	 complied	

with	the	required	standard	of	dealings	as	set	out	in	the	Model	Code.

Furthermore,	 if	 a	 director	 (a)	 enters	 into	 a	 transaction	 involving	 a	 security	 of	 the	 Company	 or,	 for	 any	 other	 reason,	

the	 direct	 or	 indirect	 beneficial	 ownership	 of,	 or	 control	 or	 direction	 over,	 securities	 of	 the	 Company	 changes	 from	

that	 shown	 or	 required	 to	 be	 shown	 in	 the	 latest	 insider	 report	 filed	 by	 the	 director,	 or	 (b)	 the	 director	 enters	 into	 a	

transaction	involving	a	 related	financial	instrument,	the	director	must,	within	the	prescribed	period,	file	an	 insider	report	

in	the	required	form	on	the	System	for	Electronic	Disclosure	by	Insiders	website	at	www.sedi.ca.

A	 “related	 financial	 instrument”	 is	 defined	 as:	 (a)	 an	 instrument,	 agreement,	 security	 or	 exchange	 contract	 the	 value,	

market	 price	 or	 payment	 obligations	 of	 which	 are	 derived	 from,	 referenced	 to	 or	 based	 on	 the	 value,	 market	 price	 or	

payment	 obligations	 of	 a	 security,	 or	 (b)	 any	 other	 instrument,	 agreement	 or	 understanding	 that	 affects,	 directly	 or	

indirectly,	a	person’s	economic	interest	in	respect	of	a	security	or	an	exchange	contract.

33

Annual Report 2013CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTREMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS

The	 Company’s	 director	 emolument	 policy	 is	 administered	 by	 the	 Compensation	 and	 Benefits	 Committee	 with	 regard	 to	

comparable	market	 statistics.	Decisions	relating	to	 the	 compensation	of	 directors	are	 reported	by	 the	 Compensation	and	

Benefits Committee to the Board for approval.

The  Company  pays  its  independent  directors  a  cash  retainer  for  acting  as  independent  directors  and  for  their  roles 

on	 various	 Board	 committees.	 The	 amount	 was	 increased	 from	 of	 CAD$1,000	 per	 month	 to	 CAD$4,000	 per	 month	 in	

May,	 2013.	 For	 the	 Financial	 Year,	 the	 Company	 paid	 additional	 cash	 compensation	 of	 AUD33,335	 to	 Mr.	 Hall,	 in	 his	

capacity	 as	 an	 independent	 director,	 as	 consulting	 fees	 for	 geological	 advice	 on	 planning	 exploration	 programs	 and	

project	generation	activity.	The	Company	paid	Mr.	He,	the	defacto	lead	independent	director	and	Chairman	of	the	Board	

committees,	 a	 cash	 retainer	 of	 CAD$1,500	 per	 month	 which	 was	 increased	 to	 CAD$4,500	 per	 month	 in	 May,	 2013.	 On	

June	 1,	 2010,	 the	 Company	 granted	 100,000	 stock	 options	 to	 each	 of	 its	 independent	 directors	 pursuant	 to	 the	 2007	

Stock	Option	Plan,	with	such	stock	options	having	a	five-year	term	and	vesting	as	to	20%	immediately	with	an	additional	

20%	vesting	on	June	2,	2011,	June	2,	2012,	June	2,	2013	and	June	2,	2014	at	the	following	exercise	prices:	from	June	1,	

2010	until	June	1,	2011,	CAD$4.35	per	share;	from	June	2,	2011	until	June	1,	2012,	CAD$4.78	per	share;	from	June	2,	

2012	 until	 June	 1,	 2013,	 CAD$5.21	 per	 share;	 from	 June	 2,	 2013	 until	 June	 1,	 2014,	 CAD$5.64	 per	 share;	 and	 from	

June	2,	2014	until	June	1,	2015,	CAD$6.09	per	share.

Currently	 no	 other	 compensation	 is	 paid	 to	 the	 directors	 of	 the	 Company	 for	 acting	 as	 directors,	 although	 the	 directors	

have been granted and will continue to receive stock options from time to time. The directors are reimbursed for actual 

expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the performance of their duties as directors.

Details	regarding	the	remuneration	of	directors	of	the	Company	are	set	out	in	Note	10	of	the	Financial	Statements.

INTERNAL CONTROLS

The  Board  is  responsible  for  overseeing  the  internal  controls  of  the  Company.  Internal  controls  are  used  by  the  Board 

to	 facilitate	 the	 effectiveness	 and	 efficiency	 of	 operations,	 to	 safeguard	 the	 investment	 of	 shareholders	 and	 assets	 of	 the	

Company	and	to	ensure	compliance	with	relevant	statutory	and	regulatory	requirements.	The	Company’s	internal	control	

policies	are	designed	to	provide	reasonable,	but	not	absolute,	assurance	against	material	misstatements	and	to	 help	the	

Board	identify	and	mitigate,	but	not	eliminate,	risk	exposure.

The	 Audit	 Committee	 and	 the	 Board	 have	 conducted	 a	 review	 and	 are	 of	 the	 view	 that	 the	 Company’s	 current	 internal	

control system is effective in safeguarding the investment of shareholders and assets of the Company.

AUDITORS

The	 Company’s	 auditor	 is	 Deloitte	 Touche	 Tohmatsu	 of	 Hong	 Kong.	 Deloitte	 Touche	 Tohmatsu	 were	 first	 appointed	 as	

auditor	 of	 China	 Gold	 International	 on	 April	 1,	 2010.	 The	 appointment	 of	 Deloitte	 Touche	 Tohmatsu	 was	 approved	 by	

ordinary	 resolution	 of	 the	 shareholders	 at	 the	 Company’s	 annual	 and	 special	 meeting	 held	 on	 June	 17,	 2010.	 Deloitte	

Touche	 Tohmatsu	 will	 be	 nominated	 for	 re-appointment	 as	 auditors	 of	 the	 Company	 for	 the	 fiscal	 year	 2013	 at	 the	

Company’s	upcoming	annual	general	meeting,	at	a	remuneration	to	be	fixed	by	the	Board.

Deloitte	 Touche	 Tohmatsu	 is	 independent	 of	 the	 Company	 in	 accordance	 with	 Section	 290	 “Independence	 –	 Assurance	

Engagements”	 of	 the	 Code	 of	 Ethics	 for	 Professional	 Accountants	 issued	 by	 the	 Hong	 Kong	 Institute	 of	 Certified	 Public	

Accountants.	 The	 financial	 reporting	 responsibilities	 and	 audit	 report	 of	 Deloitte	 Touche	 Tohmatsu	 are	 set	 out	 on	 page	
65	of	this	Report.

34

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTDeloitte	 &	 Touche	 LLP	 of	 Canada	 served	 as	 auditor	 of	 China	 Gold	 International	 until	 April	 1,	 2010.	 The	 Company	

continues	 to	 use	 the	 services	 of	 Deloitte	 &	 Touche	 LLP	 from	 time	 to	 time	 for	 tax	 compliance	 advice	 relating	 to	

transactions and proposed transactions of the Company and its subsidiaries.

The	 fees	 paid/payable	 to	 Deloitte	 Touche	 Tohmatsu	 and	 Deloitte	 &	 Touche	 LLP	 in	 respect	 of	 audit	 and	 non-audit	

services	provided	during	the	Financial	Year	were	as	follows:

Nature of services rendered

Audit	fees	 (1)
Non-audit	fees	 (2)

Total

Notes:

Fees paid/payable
(US$)

$714,000.00

$3,116.19

$717,116.19

1.	

Fees	 for	 audit	 services	 consisted	 of	 fees	 paid	 to	 Deloitte	 Touche	 Tohmatsu	 (US$714,000)	 in	 connection	 with	 the	 audit	 of	 the	 Company’s	

annual	 financial	 statements,	 review	 of	 the	 Company’s	 interim	 financial	 statements	 and	 other	 services	 related	 to	 securities	 regulatory	

matters.

2.	

Fees	 for	 non-audit	 services	 consisted	 of	 fees	 paid	 to	 Deloitte	 Touche	 Tohmatsu	 (US$3,116.19)	 in	 connection	 with	 tax	 planning	 and	

advice	 relating	 to	 transactions	 and	 proposed	 transactions	 of	 the	 Company	 and	 its	 subsidiaries,	 corporate	 tax	 return	 and	 income	 tax	

matters	and	matters	arising	from	the	British	Columbia	Securities	Commission	enquiry.

RESPONSIBILITIES IN RESPECT OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The  directors  acknowledge  their  responsibility  in  overseeing  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  that  provide  a  true 

and	 fair	 view	 of	 the	 financial	 affairs	 of	 the	 Company.	 With	 the	 assistance	 of	 the	 Company’s	 management,	 the	 directors	

ensure  that  the  financial  statements  are  being  prepared  and  published  in  a  timely  manner  in  accordance  with  the 

applicable	accounting	standards	and	statutory	requirements.

SHAREHOLDERS’ RIGHTS

Right to convene a meeting of shareholders

The  general  meetings  of  the  Company  provide  an  opportunity  for  communication  between  the  shareholders  and 

the	 Board.	 Every	 company	 having	 securities	 listed	 on	 the	 Toronto	 Stock	 Exchange	 must	 hold	 its	 annual	 meeting	 of	
shareholders	 within	 six	 months	 from	 the	 end	 of	 its	 fiscal	 year,	 or	 at	 such	 earlier	 time	 as	 is	 required	 by	 applicable	

legislation.

Pursuant	 to	 Section	 167	 British	 Columbia	 Business	 Corporations	 Act	 (“BCBCA”),	 shareholders	 who	 hold	 in	 the	

aggregate at least one-twentieth of the issued shares of the Company that carry a right to vote at general meetings may 

requisition	 a	 general	 meeting	 by	 delivering	 a	 signed	 written	 requisition	 to	 the	 Board	 or	 the	 Company	 Secretary	 at	 the	

Company’s	 principal	 place	 of	 business	 at	 Suite	 1030,	 505	 Burrard	 Street,	 Vancouver,	 British	 Columbia,	 Canada,	 V7X	

1M5	for	the	purpose	of	transacting	any	business	that	may	be	transacted	at	a	general	meeting.

Right to put enquiries to the Board

Shareholders	 have	 the	 right	 to	 put	 enquiries	 to	 the	 Board.	 All	 enquiries	 shall	 be	 in	 writing	 and	 sent	 by	 post	 to	 the	

principal	 place	 of	 business	 of	 the	 Company	 at	 Suite	 1030,	 505	 Burrard	 Street,	 Vancouver,	 British	 Columbia,	 Canada,	

V7X	1M5,	or	by	email	to	info@chinagoldintl.com	for	the	attention	of	the	Company	secretary.

35

Annual Report 2013CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
Right to put forward proposals at general meetings

There	 are	 no	 provisions	 allowing	 shareholders	 to	 propose	 new	 resolutions	 at	 general	 meetings	 under	 the	 BCBCA.	

However,	 qualified	 shareholders	 (as	 defined	 in	 section	 187	 of	 the	 BCBCA)	 may	 put	 forward	 a	 proposal	 for	 the	 next	

general	meeting	pursuant	to	Part	5,	Division	7	of	the	BCBCA.

INVESTOR RELATIONS AND COMMUNICATION WITH SHAREHOLDERS

The	 Company	 follows	 a	 policy	 of	 disclosing	 relevant	 information	 to	 shareholders	 in	 a	 timely	 manner.	 Members	 of	

the	 Board	 meet	 and	 communicate	 with	 shareholders	 at	 the	 AGM	 of	 the	 Company.	 The	 Chairman	 proposes	 separate	

resolutions	 for	 each	 issue	 to	 be	 considered	 and	 puts	 each	 proposed	 resolution	 to	 the	 vote	 by	 way	 of	 a	 poll.	 Voting	

results	are	posted	on	the	Company’s	website	on	the	day	of	the	AGM.

Our	 corporate	 website	 which	 contains	 corporate	 information,	 corporate	 governance	 practice,	 interim	 and	 annual	 reports,	

news	 releases,	 announcements	 and	 circulars	 issued	 by	 the	 Company	 to	 enable	 the	 Company’s	 shareholders	 to	 have	

timely and updated information of the Company.

36

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTDIRECTORS

Executive Directors

Xin Song (Chairman)
Bing Liu (Chief Executive Officer)
Zhanming Wu

Xiangdong Jiang

Non-Executive Directors

Lianzhong Sun

Independent Non-Executive Directors

Ian He

Yunfei Chen

Gregory Hall

John King Burns

AUDIT COMMITTEE

Ian He (Chairman)
Yunfei Chen

Gregory Hall

John King Burns

NOMINATING AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
COMMITTEE

Ian He (Chairman)
Yunfei Chen

Gregory Hall

John King Burns

COMPANY SECRETARY (HONG KONG)

Ngai Wai Fung

REGISTERED OFFICE

One Bentall Centre

Suite 1030, 505 Burrard Street

Vancouver, British Columbia

Canada V7X 1M5

PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IN HONG KONG

18/F, Tesbury Centre

28 Queen’s Road East

Wanchai, Hong Kong

PRINCIPAL BANK (CANADA)

BMO Bank of Montreal

PRINCIPAL BANKS (HONG KONG)

Bank of China

Agricultural Bank of China

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Asia)

PRINCIPAL SHARE REGISTER

Canadian Stock Transfer Company Inc.

Suite 1600-1066 West Hastings Street

Vancouver, British Columbia

Canada V6E 3X1

HONG KONG SHARE REGISTER

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS COMMITTEE

Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited

Ian He (Chairman)
Yunfei Chen

Gregory Hall

John King Burns

HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL 
COMMITTEE

Ian He (Chairman)
Yunfei Chen

Gregory Hall

John King Burns

CORPORATE SECRETARY (CANADA)

Jerry Xie

Shops 1712-1716, 17/F

Hopewell Centre

183 Queen’s Road East

Wanchai, Hong Kong

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

Certified Public Accountants

One Pacific Place

35th Floor, 88 Queensway

Hong Kong

WEBSITE ADDRESS

www.chinagoldintl.com

37

Annual Report 2013CORPORATE INFORMATIONManagement’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and

Results of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2013

(Stated in U.S. dollars, except as otherwise noted)

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

THE COMPANY 

  OVERVIEW 

  PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS 

  SELECTED ANNUAL INFORMATION 

  OUTLOOK 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

  SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA 

  SELECTED QUARTERLY AND ANNUAL

  PRODUCTION DATA AND ANALYSIS 

  REVIEW OF QUARTERLY AND ANNUAL DATA 

NON-IFRS MEASURES 

MINERAL PROPERTIES 

  THE CSH MINE 

  THE JIAMA MINE 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

CASH FLOWS 

  OPERATING CASH FLOW 

INVESTING CASH FLOW 

  FINANCING CASH FLOW 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

PROPOSED TRANSACTIONS 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES 

CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 

DIVIDEND AND DIVIDEND POLICY 

OUTSTANDING SHARES 

DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES AND

INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

RISK FACTORS 

QUALIFIED PERSON 

40

41

41

42

43

43

44

44

44

46

48

50

50

52

58

59

59

59

59

60

61

62

62

62

62

62

63

63

63

64

64

 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S 
DISCUSSION 
AND ANALYSIS

The  following  Management  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  (“MD&A”)  is 

prepared  as  of  March  25,  2014.  It  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  notes 

thereto of China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd. (referred to herein as “China Gold International”, the “Company”, 

“we”  or  “our”  as  the  context  may  require)  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  and  the  year  ended  December  31, 

2012,  respectively.  Unless  the  context  otherwise  provides,  references  in  this  MD&A  to  China  Gold  International  or  the 

Company refer to China Gold International and each of its subsidiaries collectively on a consolidated basis.

The  following  discussion  contains  certain  forward-looking  statements  relating  to  the  Company’s  plans,  objectives, 

expectations  and  intentions,  which  are  based  on  the  Company’s  current  expectations  and  are  subject  to  risks, 

uncertainties  and  changes  in  circumstances.  Readers  should  carefully  consider  all  of  the  information  set  out  in  this 

MD&A,  including  the  risks  and  uncertainties  outlined  further  in  the  Company’s  Annual  Information  Form  (“Annual 

Information  Form”  or  “AIF”)  dated  March  25,  2014  on  SEDAR  at  www.sedar.com.  For  further  information  on  risks  and 

other  factors  that  could  affect  the  accuracy  of  forward-looking  statements  and  the  result  of  operations  of  the  Company, 

please refer to the sections titled “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” and to discussions elsewhere within 

this  MD&A.  China  Gold  International’s  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations  could  be  materially  and 

adversely affected by any of these risks.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain  statements  made  herein,  other  than  statements  of  historical  fact  relating  to  the  Company,  represent  forward-

looking information. In some cases, this forward-looking information can be identified by words or phrases such as “may”, 

“will”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “contemplates”, “aim”, “estimate”, “intend”, “plan”, “believe”, “potential”, “continue”, “is/

are  likely  to”,  “should”  or  the  negative  of  these  terms,  or  other  similar  expressions  intended  to  identify  forward-looking 

information.  This  forward-looking  information  includes,  among  other  things;  China  Gold  International’s  production 

estimates,  business  strategies  and  capital  expenditure  plans;  the  development  and  expansion  plans  and  schedules  for 

the  CSH  Gold  Mine  and  the  Jiama  Mine;  China  Gold  International’s  financial  condition;  the  regulatory  environment  as 

well  as  the  general  industry  outlook;  general  economic  trends  in  China;  and  statements  respecting  anticipated  business 

activities,  planned  expenditures,  corporate  strategies,  participation  in  projects  and  financing,  and  other  statements  that 

are not historical facts.

By  their  nature,  forward-looking  information  involves  numerous  assumptions,  both  general  and  specific,  which  may 

cause the actual results, performance or achievements of China Gold International and/or its subsidiaries to be materially 

different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking information. 

Some  of  the  key  assumptions  include,  among  others,  the  absence  of  any  material  change  in  China  Gold  International’s 

operations  or  in  foreign  exchange  rates,  the  prevailing  price  of  gold,  copper  and  other  non-ferrous  metal  products;  the 

absence  of  lower-than-anticipated  mineral  recovery  or  other  production  problems;  effective  income  and  other  tax  rates 

and other assumptions underlying China Gold International’s financial performance as stated in the Company’s technical 

reports  for  its  CSH  Gold  Mine  and  Jiama  Mine;  China  Gold  International’s  ability  to  obtain  regulatory  confirmations  and 

approvals  on  a  timely  basis;  continuing  positive  labor  relations;  the  absence  of  any  material  adverse  effects  as  a  result 

of political instability, terrorism, natural disasters, litigation or arbitration and adverse changes in government regulation; 

the  availability  and  accessibility  of  financing  to  China  Gold  International;  and  the  performance  by  counterparties  of  the 

terms  and  conditions  of  all  contracts  to  which  China  Gold  International  and  its  subsidiaries  are  a  party.  The  forward-

looking  information  is  also  based  on  the  assumption  that  none  of  the  risk  factors  identified  in  this  MD&A  or  in  the  AIF 

that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking information actually occurs.

40

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSISForward-looking  information  contained  herein  as  of  the  date  of  this  MD&A  is  based  on  the  opinions,  estimates  and 

assumptions  of  management.  There  are  a  number  of  important  risks,  uncertainties  and  other  factors  that  could  cause 

actual  actions,  events  or  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  described  as  forward-looking  information.  China  Gold 

International disclaims any obligation to update any forward-looking information, whether as a result of new information, 

estimates,  opinions  or  assumptions,  future  events  or  results,  or  otherwise  except  to  the  extent  required  by  law.  There 

can  be  no  assurance  that  forward-looking  information  will  prove  to  be  accurate,  as  actual  results  and  future  events 

could  differ  materially  from  those  anticipated  in  such  statements.  The  forward-looking  information  in  this  MD&A  is 
expressly qualified by this cautionary statement. The reader is cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking 

information.

THE COMPANY

Overview

China  Gold  International  is  a  gold  and  base  metal  mining  company  based  in  Vancouver,  Canada.  The  Company’s  main 

business involves the acquisition, development and exploration of gold and base metal properties.

The  Company’s  principal  mining  operations  are  the  Chang  Shan  Hao  Gold  Mine  (“CSH  Gold  Mine”  or  “CSH  Mine”  or 

“CSH”),  located  in  Inner  Mongolia,  China  and  the  Jiama  Copper-Gold  Polymetallic  Mine  (“Jiama  Mine”  or  “Jiama”), 
located  in  Tibet,  China.  China  Gold  International  holds  a  96.5%  interest  in  the  CSH  Gold  Mine,  while  its  Chinese  joint 

venture  (“CJV”)  partner  holds  the  remaining  3.5%  interest.  China  Gold  International  commenced  trial  gold  production  at 

the CSH Gold Mine in July 2007 and commercial production on July 1, 2008. The Company acquired a 100% interest in 

the  Jiama  Mine  on  December  1,  2010.  Jiama  hosts  a  large  scale  copper-gold  polymetallic  deposit  consisting  of  copper, 

gold, molybdenum, silver, lead and zinc. The Jiama Mine commenced commercial production in September 2010.

41

Annual Report 2013China Gold International’s common shares are listed on the Toronto 

Stock  Exchange  (“TSX”)  and  The  Stock  Exchange  of  Hong  Kong 

Limited  (the  “Hong  Kong  Stock  Exchange”  or  “HKSE”)  under  the 

symbol  CGG  and  the  stock  code  2099,  respectively.  Additional 

information  about  the  Company,  including  the  Company’s  Annual 

Information  Form,  is  available  on  SEDAR  atsedar.com  as  well  as 

Hong Kong Exchange News at hkexnews.hk.

Performance Highlights

Three months ended December 31, 2013

•	

Revenue	decreased	by	27%	to	US$68.5	million	from	US$93.4	

million for the same period in 2012;

•	

Net	 profit	 after	 income	 taxes	 decreased	 by	 68%	 to	 US$6.7	

million	from	US	$21.0	million	for	the	same	period	in	2012.

•	

Gold	 production	 from	 the	 CSH	 Mine	 decreased	 by	 11%	 to	

31,608  ounces  from  35,403  ounces  for  the  same  period  in 

2012.

•	

Copper	production	from	the	 Jiama	Mine	decreased	by	 25%	 to	

2,462  tonnes  (approximately  5.4  million  pounds  from  3,293 

tonnes (approximately 7.3 million pounds) for the same period 

in 2012.

Year ended December 31, 2013

•	

Revenue	 decreased	 by	 9%	 to	 US$302.6	 million	 from	

US$332.4	million	for	the	same	period	in	2012;

•	

Net	 profit	 after	 income	 taxes	 decreased	 by	 22%	 to	 US$57.2	

million	from	US$73.5	million	for	the	same	period	in	2012.

•	

Gold	 production	 from	 the	 CSH	 Mine	 decreased	 by	 6%	 to	

131,418  ounces  from  139,443  ounces  for  the  same  period  in 
2012.

•	

Copper	 production	 from	 the	 Jiama	 Mine	 increased	 by	 10%	

to  12,847  tonnes  (approximately  28.3  million  pounds)  from 

11,712  tonnes  (approximately  25.8  million  pounds)  for  the 

same period in 2012.

•	

At	CSH,	the	Company	built	a	new	30,000	tonne	per	day	(“tpd”)	

stand-alone  crushing,  heap  leaching  and  ADR  (Absorption, 

Desorption  and  Refining)  plant  system  in  addition  to  the 

existing  30,000  tpd  facility.  Expansion  construction  was  fully 
completed  at  the  end  of  November  2013  and  followed  by  the 

commissioning  stage.  Gold  output  is  expected  in  the  second 

quarter of 2014.

42

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS•	

The	Company	completed	the	Jiama	Mine’s	Phase	II	Independent	Feasibility	Study	and	released	an	updated	NI	43-

101  compliant  report.  The  results  showed  copper  measured  and  indicated  mineral  resources  increased  to  1,486 

million  tonnes  at  0.41%  Copper  from  1,053  million  tonnes  at  0.44%  Copper;  and  copper  proved  and  probable 

mineral  reserves  increased  to  441  million  tonnes  at  a  grade  of  0.61%  Copper  from  363  million  tonnes  at  0.77% 

Copper. Contained copper in the resources increased to 6.14 million tonnes from 4.64 million tonnes.

Selected Annual Information

US$	Millions	except	for	per	share

Total revenue

Profit from continuing operations

Net profit (loss)

Basic earnings (loss) per share (cents)

Diluted earnings (loss) per share (cents)

Total assets

Total non-current liabilities

Distribution or cash dividends declared per share

Outlook

Year ended December 31

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

303

76

57

13.88

13.88

2,219

431

–

332

99

74

17.90

17.90

1,806

279

–

311

110

82

20.04

20.04

1,745

321

–

133

58

27

13.82

13.76

1,656

322

–

81

19

(8)

(5.58)

(5.58)

175

89

–

•	

•	

Expected	production	of	208,000	ounces	of	gold	in	2014.

The	 2014	 copper	 production	 for	 the	 Company	 was	 previously	 expected	 to	 be	 about	 50	 million	 pounds.	 At	 the	

present time, the Company is not able to provide definitive 2014 production guidance for Jiama Mine as the mine 

is  dealing  with  reduced  power  supply  that  has  affected  the  central  Tibet  region  during  the  winter  months.  The 

Tibet  government  and  the  Central  Government  of  China  are  currently  progressing  a  power  supply  development 

plan.  Current  locally-generated  power  supply  available  to  the  Company  is  subject  to  seasonal  interruptions  during 

the winter months due to the harsh climate.

•	

Jiama’s	 production	 capacity	 expansion	 will	 be	 implemented	 in	 two	 stages.	 Stage	 one,	 which	 is	 expected	 to	 be	

completed during the first half of 2014, includes completion of a new 22,000 tpd mill. Stage two is expected to be 

completed by the first half of 2015. By the end of 2015, Jiama anticipates reaching capacity of 50,000 tpd of ore.

•	

The	 Company	 will	 continue	 to	 leverage	 the	 technical	 and	 operating	 experience	 of	 the	 Company’s	 controlling	

shareholder,  China  National  Gold  Group  Corporation  (“CNG”),  to  improve  operations  at  its  mines.  In  addition,  the 

Company continues to focus its efforts on increasing production while minimizing costs at both mines.

•	

To	 fulfill	 its	 growth	 strategy,	 the	 Company	 is	 continually	 working	 with	 CNG	 and	 other	 interested	 parties	 to	 identify	

potential international mining acquisition opportunities, namely projects outside of China, which can be readily and 

quickly brought into production with the possibility of further expansion through continued exploration.

43

Annual Report 2013MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Selected Quarterly Financial Data

QUARTER ENDED
(US$	in	thousands	except	per	share)

Revenues

Cost of sales

Mine operating earnings

General and administrative expenses

Exploration and evaluation expenses

Income from operations

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

Finance costs

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Net income

Basic earnings per share (cents)

Diluted earnings per share (cents)

31-Dec

30-Sep

68,507

50,990

17,517

5,471

83

75,733

48,478

27,255

7,410

45

2013
30-Jun

81,622

53,809

27,813

5,665

50

31-Mar

31-Dec

30-Sep

30-Jun

31-Mar

2012

76,746

47,456

29,290

7,157

69

93,387

54,190

39,197

7,880

149

84,938

51,207

33,731

6,020

59

76,484

49,896

26,588

5,311

124

77,578

52,165

25,413

5,838

58

11,962

19,800

22,098

22,064

31,168

27,652

21,153

19,517

(216)

2,916

8,861

2,202

6,659

1.60

1.60

894

2,665

684

2,500

152

2,573

(844)

3,230

1,976

3,080

(1,125)

3,416

164

2,823

19,162

24,769

20,755

28,545

32,903

18,188

20,041

3,279

5,208

5,676

7,506

6,508

5,564

6,585

15,883

19,561

15,079

21,039

26,395

12,624

13,456

3.84

3.84

4.78

4.78

3.66

3.66

5.13

5.13

6.44

6.44

3.07

3.07

3.27

3.27

Selected Quarterly and Annual Production Data and Analysis

Gold	sales	(US$	million)

Realized	average	price*	(US$)

  of gold per ounce

Gold produced (ounces)

Gold sold (ounces)

Total	production	cost**(US$)	of	gold	per	ounce

Cash	production	cost**(US$)	of	gold	per	ounce

CSH Mine

Three months ended

December 31,

2013

41.41

1,242

31,608

33,340

854

664

2012

62.40

1,660

35,403

37593

987

887

Year ended

December 31,

2013

2012

178.14

223.78

1,362

131,418

130,772

866

707

1,611

139,443

138,943

928

825

* 

Net of resource compensation fees that is based on revenue and paid to PRC government

** 

Non-IFRS measure. See ‘Non-IFRS measures’ section of this MD&A

Gold  production  at  the  CSH  Mine  decreased  by  11%  from  35,403  ounces  for  the  three  months  ended  December 

31,  2012  to  31,608  ounces  for  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2013.  The  major  reason  for  the  decrease  in 

production is the increased height of the leaching heap which led to a longer gold recovery period.

The cash production cost of gold per ounce for the three months ended December 31, 2013 decreased compared with 

the  same  period  in  2012,  mainly  because  of  lower  waste  rock  expenditures  in  2013,  which  are  included  in  the  cash 

production cost of gold per ounce. The decreased waste rock expenditure is also the major contributor to the lower total 

production cost of gold per ounce for the three months ended December 31, 2013 compared with 2012.

44

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Copper	sales*	(US$	in	millions)

Realized	average	price**(US$)	of	copper	per	pound

  after smelting fee discount

Copper produced (tonnes)

Copper produced (pounds)

Copper sold (tonnes)

Copper sold (pounds)

Gold produced (ounces)

Gold sold (ounces)

Silver produced (ounces)

Silver sold (ounces)

Total	production	cost***	(US$)	of	copper	per	pound

Total	production	cost***	(US$)	of	copper	per	pound

  after by-products credits*****

Cash	production	cost****	(US$)	per	pound	of	copper

Cash	production	cost****	(US$)	of	copper	per	pound	

  after by-products credits*****

Jiama Mine

Three months ended

December 31,

Year ended

December 31,

2013

19.32

2.54

2,462

2012

17.99

2.77

3,293

2013

85.12

2.75

12,847

2012

69.64

2.82

11,712

5,427,554

7,259,351

28,323,626

25,820,417

3,452

2,941

14,035

11,186

7,610,436

6,483,437

30,941,765

24,660,574

3,893

4,494

197,231

302,868

3.36

2.37

2.74

1.75

3,447

3,623

239,506

247,531

3.67

2.10

3.08

1.51

16,908

17,600

1,010,966

1,118,311

3.55

2.30

2.90

1.65

13,487

13,496

874,577

862,497

4.13

2.58

3.04

1.49

* 

Net of resource compensation fees that is based on revenue and paid to PRC government

** 

a discount factor of 15-17% is applied to the copper bench mark price to compensate the refinery costs incurred by the buyers

***  Production  costs  include  expenditures  incurred  at  the  mine  sites  for  the  activities  related  to  production  including  mining,  processing, 

mine site G&A and royalties etc.

****  Non-IFRS measure. See ‘Non-IFRS measures’ section of this MD&A

*****  By-products credit refers to the sales of gold and silver during the corresponding period.

During the three months ended December 31, 2013, the Jiama Mine produced 2,462 tonnes (approximately 5.4 million 

pounds)  of  copper,  which  decreased  by  25%  compared  with  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2012  (3,293 

tonnes,  or  7.3  million  pounds).  The  decrease  in  production  was  mainly  due  to  a  production  interruption  caused  by  a 

seasonal electricity shortage starting in December 2013.

The cash production cost of copper per pound decreased due to a decrease in mining and processing costs during the 

current period. The decrease in total production cost was due to a lower amortization of mining rights with an increased 

ore  reserve  base  in  Jiama  Mine.  The  Company  is  closely  monitoring  production  costs  at  the  Jiama  Mine  and  continues 

to make efforts to reduce costs.

45

Annual Report 2013MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
Review of Quarterly and Annual Data

Three months ended December 31, 2013 compared to three months ended December 31, 2012

Revenue	 of	 US$68.5	 million	 for	 the	 fourth	 quarter	 of	 2013	 decreased	 by	 US$24.9	 million,	 from	 US$93.4	 million	 for	 the	
same period in 2012.

Revenue	 from	 the	 CSH	 Mine	 accounted	 for	 60%,	 or	 US$41.4	 million	 (2012:	 US$62.4	 million),	 a	 decrease	 of	 US$21	

million due to a 11% decrease in gold sales volume and significantly lower gold prices. Gold produced by the CSH Mine 

decreased	 from	 35,403	 ounces	 (gold	 sold:	 37,593	 ounces)	 in	 2012	 to	 31,608	 ounces	 (gold	 sold:	 33,340)	 in	 2013	 due	

to the increased height of the leaching heap resulting to a longer gold recovery period.

Revenue	 from	 the	 Jiama	 Mine	 accounted	 for	 40%	 of	 total	 revenue,	 or	 US$27.1	 million	 (2012:	 US$31	 million),	 a	

decrease	 of	 US$3.9	 million	 for	 2013	 compared	 to	 2012.	 Total	 copper	 sold	 increased	 by	 17%	 from	 2,941	 tonnes	 (6.5	

million  pounds)  for  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2012  to  3,452  tonnes  (7.6  million  pounds)  for  the  same 

period  in  2013.  The  increase  in  sales  volume  was  however  offset  by  lower  realized  price  per  tonne  which  attributed  to 

the overall decrease in Jiama’s revenue.

Cost  of  sales	 of	 US$51	 million	 for	 the	 quarter	 ended	 December	 31,	 2013,	 decreased	 by	 US$3.2	 million,	 from	 US$54.2	
million  for  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2012.  The  decrease  in  cost  of  sales  was  primarily  due  to  CSH’s 

lower sales volume and lower production costs during the three month period in 2013, partially offset by an increase in 

Jiama’s  cost  of  sales  due  to  higher  sales  volume.  Cost  of  sales  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  for  the  Company  increased 

to 74% from 58% for the three months ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012.

Mine  operating  earnings	 of	 US$17.5	 million	 for	 the	 three	 months	 ended	 December	 31,	 2013	 decreased	 by	 55%,	 or	
US$21.7	 million,	 from	 US$39.2	 million	 for	 the	 comparative	 2012	 period.	 Mine	 operating	 earnings	 as	 a	 percentage	 of	

revenue decreased to 26% from 42% for the three months ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012.

General and administrative expenses	decreased	by	US$2.4	million,	from	US$7.9	million	for	the	quarter	ended	December	
31,	 2012	 to	 US$5.5	 million	 for	 the	 quarter	 ended	 December	 31,	 2013.	 The	 decrease	 is	 due	 to	 the	 Company’s	

implementation of an overall cost reduction program.

Income  from  operations	 for	 the	 fourth	 quarter	 of	 2013	 of	 US$12	 million	 decreased	 by	 US$19.2	 million,	 from	 US$31.2	
million for 2012.

Finance  costs	 of	 US$2.9	 million	 for	 the	 three	 months	 ended	 December	 31,	 2013	 decreased	 by	 10%,	 from	 US$3.2	
million  for  the  same  period  in  2012,  primarily  due  to  interest  capitalization  for  Jiama  Phase  II  expansion  borrowings. 

During	 the	 three	 months	 ended	 December	 31,	 2013	 US$2.4	 million	 (2012:	 Nil)	 of	 interest	 payments	 were	 capitalized	

for borrowing costs relating to the Phase II expansion project.

Foreign  exchange  gain	 decreased	 by	 74%,	 to	 a	 gain	 of	 US$0.2	 million	 for	 the	 three	 months	 ended	 December	 31,	 2013	
from	 a	 gain	 of	 US$0.8	 million	 for	 the	 same	 2012	 period.	 The	 2013	 gain	 is	 related	 to	 the	 revaluation	 of	 monetary	 items	

held in Chinese RMB and Hong Kong Dollars, which was based on changes in the RMB/HKD/USD exchange rates.

Interest  and  other  income	 of	 US$31,000	 for	 the	 three	 months	 ended	 December	 31,	 2013	 decreased	 from	 US$1.4	
million for the three months ended December 31, 2012, due to reduced interest income earned on term deposits which 

were utilized during 2013.

46

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSISIncome  tax  expense	 for	 the	 fourth	 quarter	 of	 2013	 decreased	 by	 71%,	 to	 US$2.2	 million	 from	 US$7.5	 million	 for	 the	
three  months  ended  December  31,  2012,  primarily  due  to  CSH’s  reduced  income  tax  expense.  During  the  current 

quarter,	the	Company	had	US$5.9	million	of	deferred	income	tax	credits	(2012:	US$3.0	million).

Net  income	 of	 the	 Company	 decreased	 by	 US$14.3	 million	 from	 US$21	 million	 for	 the	 three	 months	 ended	 December	
31,	2012	to	US$6.7	million	for	the	three	months	ended	December	31,	2013.

Year ended December 31, 2013 compared to Year ended December 31, 2012

Revenue	 of	 US$302.6	 million	 for	 the	 year	 ended	 December	 31,	 2013	 decreased	 by	 US$29.8	 million,	 from	 US$332.4	
million for the same period in 2012.

Revenue  from  the  CSH  Mine,  which  was  significantly  affected  by  the  substantial  drop  in  gold  prices  and  lower 

production	 level,	 accounted	 for	 59%,	 or	 US$178.1	 million	 (2012:	 US$223.8	 million),	 of	 total	 revenue	 for	 the	 twelve	

month  period.  The  decrease  in  CSH’s  production,  due  to  longer  recovery  periods  caused  by  the  growing  height  of  the 

leaching	 heap,	 contributed	 to	 the	 6%	 decrease	 in	 gold	 sold	 from	 138,943	 ounces	 (gold	 produced:	 139,443	 ounces)	 in	

2012	to	130,772	ounces	(gold	produced:	131,418	ounces)	in	2013.

Revenue	 from	 the	 Jiama	 Mine	 accounted	 for	 41%	 of	 total	 revenue,	 or	 US$124.5	 million	 (2012:	 US$108.6	 million),	 an	

increase	of	US$15.9	million	for	2013	compared	to	2012.	Total	copper	sold	increased	by	25%	from	11,186	tonnes	(24.7	

million  pounds)  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012  to  14,035  tonnes  (30.9  million  pounds)  for  the  same  period  in 

2013 due to increased volumes of ore mined and processed, and to improved copper recovery rates.

Cost of sales	of	US$200.7	million	for	the	year	ended	December	31,	2013,	decreased	by	US$6.8	million,	from	US$207.5	
million  for  the  comparative  period  in  2012.  The  decrease  in  cost  of  sales  is  primarily  attributable  to  the  increase  in 

recovery  rates,  in  addition  to  operation  optimization  of  the  ore  processing  facilities  at  both  mines.  Cost  of  sales  as  a 

percentage  of  revenue  increased  to  66%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  compared  to  62%  for  the  year  ended 

December 31, 2012.

Mine  operating  earnings	 of	 US$101.9	 million	 for	 the	 year	 ended	 December	 31,	 2013	 decreased	 by	 18%,	 or	 US$23	
million,	 from	 US$124.9	 million	 for	 the	 comparative	 2012	 period.	 Mine	 operating	 earnings	 as	 a	 percentage	 of	 revenue	

slightly decreased from 38% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 34% for the 2013 year.

General and administrative expenses	of	 US$25.7	million,	increased	by	 US$0.6	million,	from	 US$25.1	million	for	 the	 year	
ended December 31, 2012.

Income  from  operations	 for	 the	 year	 ended	 December	 31,	 2013	 of	 US$75.9	 million	 decreased	 by	 24%,	 or	 US$23.6	
million,	from	US$99.5	million	for	2012.

Finance  costs	 of	 US$10.6	 million	 for	 the	 year	 ended	 December	 31,	 2013	 decreased	 by	 15%,	 from	 US$12.5	 million	 for	
the  same  period  in  2012,  primarily  due  to  increased  interest  capitalization  for  Jiama  Phase  II  expansion  borrowings. 

During	 the	 year	 ended	 December	 31,	 2013	 US$6.1	 million	 (2012:	 Nil)	 of	 interest	 payments	 were	 capitalized	 for	

borrowing costs relating to Jiama’s Phase II expansion project.

Foreign  exchange  gain	 increased	 to	 US$1.5	 million	 for	 the	 year	 ended	 December	 31,	 2013	 from	 a	 gain	 of	 US$0.17	
million  for  the  same  2012  period.  The  2013  gain  is  related  to  the  revaluation  of  monetary  items  held  in  Chinese  RMB 

and Hong Kong Dollars, which is based on changes in the RMB/HKD/USD exchange rates.

47

Annual Report 2013MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSISInterest and other income	of	 US$6.8	 million	for	 the	 year	 ended	 December	31,	 2013	 decreased	 from	 US$12.6	million	 for	
the  year  ended  December  31,  2012.  The  decrease  is  primarily  due  to  a  reduction  of  interest  income  earned  on  term 

deposits  held  during  the  2012  comparative  period.  Starting  from  September  30,  2012,  a  portion  of  the  term  deposits 

were used to fund phase II expansion costs incurred for Jiama.

Income  tax  expense	 decreased	 by	 37%,	 to	 US$16.4	 million	 from	 US$26.2	 million	 for	 the	 year	 ended	 December	 31,	
2012,  primarily  due  to  a  42%  decrease  in  CSH’s  income  tax  expense.  During  the  current  period,  the  Company  had 

US$11.4	million	of	deferred	income	tax	credits	(2012:	US$8.5	million).

Net  income	 of	 the	 Company	 decreased	 by	 US$16.4	 million	 from	 US$73.5	 million	 for	 the	 year	 ended	 December	 31,	
2012	to	US$57.1	million	for	the	year	ended	December	31,	2013.

NON-IFRS MEASURES

The  following  table  provides  certain  unit  cost  information  on  a  cash  cost  of  production  per  ounce  (non-IFRS)  basis  for 

the	CSH	Gold	Mine	for	the	three	months	and	the	year	ended	December	31,	2013	and	2012:

Cost of mining per tonne of ore

Cost of mining waste per tonne of ore

Other mining costs per tonne of ore

Total mining costs per tonne of ore

Cost of reagents per tonne of ore

Other processing costs per tonne of ore

Total processing cost per tonne of ore

CSH Mine

Three months ended

December 31,

Year ended

December 31,

2013

US$

1.39

1.80

0.15

3.34

1.01

1.01

2.02

2012

US$

1.40

4.42

0.46

6.28

2.35

1.52

3.87

2013

US$

1.43

2.01

0.38

3.82

1.25

1.07

2.32

2012

US$

1.32

4.38

0.48

6.18

1.37

1.23

2.60

The cash cost of production is a measure that is not in accordance with IFRS.

The  Company  has  included  cash  production  cost  per  ounce  gold  data  to  supplement  its  consolidated  financial 

statements,  which  are  presented  in  accordance  with  IFRS.  Non-IFRS  measures  do  not  have  any  standardized  meaning 

prescribed  under  IFRS,  and  therefore  they  may  not  be  comparable  to  similar  measures  employed  by  other  companies. 

The  data  is  intended  to  provide  additional  information  and  should  not  be  considered  in  isolation  or  as  a  substitute  for 

measures  of  performance,  operating  results  or  financial  condition  prepared  in  accordance  with  IFRS.  The  Company 

has  included  cash  production  cost  per  ounce  data  because  it  understands  that  certain  investors  use  this  information 

to  determine  the  Company’s  ability  to  generate  earnings  and  cash  flow.  The  measure  is  not  necessarily  indicative  of 

operating  results,  cash  flow  from  operations,  or  financial  condition  as  determined  under  IFRS.  Cash  production  costs 

are determined in accordance with the Gold Institute’s Production Cost Standard.

48

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
The following table provides a reconciliation of cost of sales to the cash costs of production in total dollars and in dollars 

per	gold	ounce	for	the	CSH	Mine	or	per	copper	pound	for	the	Jiama	Mine:

CSH Mine (Gold)

Three months ended December 31,
2012

2013

Year ended December 31,

2013

2012

US$

US$

US$

US$

US$

Per ounce

US$

Per ounce

US$

Per ounce

US$

Per ounce

Total production costs

Adjustments

28,470,677

(6,329,451)

854

(190)

37,090,554

(3,737,495)

987

113,216,814

866

128,893,485

(100)

(20,806,070)

(159)

(14,235,594)

Total cash production costs

22,141,226

664

33,353,059

887

92,410,743

707

114,657,891

928

(103)

825

Jiama Mine (Copper)

Three months ended December 31,
2012

2013

Year ended December 31,

2013

2012

US$

US$

US$

US$

US$

Per Pound

US$

Per pound

US$

Per pound

US$

Per pound

Total production costs

Adjustments

25,541,823

(4,722,802)

3.36

23,763,154

3.67

109,716,739

3.55

101,762,676

(0.62)

(3,789,850)

(0.59)

(20,020,753)

(0.65)

(26,873,888)

4.13

(1.09)

Total cash production costs

20,819,020

2.74

19,973,304

3.08

89,695,986

2.90

74,888,788

3.04

By product credits

(7,471,099)

(0.98)

(10,160,017)

(1.57)

(38,602,653)

(1.25)

(38,192,503)

(1.55)

Total cash production costs

  after by-products credits

13,347,922

1.75

9,813,287

1.51

51,093,334

1.65

36,696,285

1.49

Production  costs  above  include  expenditures  incurred  on  the  mine  sites  for  activities  related  to  production.  The 

adjustments  above  include  depreciation  and  depletion,  amortization  of  intangible  assets,  and  selling  expenses  included 

in total production costs.

49

Annual Report 2013MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
MINERAL PROPERTIES

The CSH Mine

The  CSH  Mine  is  located  in  the  Inner  Mongolia  Autonomous  Region  of  China  (Inner  Mongolia).  The  property  hosts  two 

low-grade,  near  surface  gold  deposits,  along  with  other  mineralized  prospects.  The  main  deposit  is  called  the  Northeast 

Zone (the “Northeast Zone”), while the second, smaller deposit is called the Southwest Zone (the “Southwest Zone”).

The  CSH  Mine  is  owned  and  operated  by  Inner  Mongolia  Pacific  Mining  Co.  Limited,  a  Chinese  Joint  Venture  in  which 

China Gold International holds a 96.5% interest and Ningxia Nuclear Industry Geological Exploration Institution (formerly 

known as Brigade 217) holds the remaining 3.5%.

CSH Mine Expansion

The CSH Mine is currently operating at a 30,000 tpd capacity, producing over 133,000 ounces of gold per annum. A NI 

43-101 compliant Technical Report Expansion Feasibility Study for the CSH  Gold  Project (“CSH Technical Report”) has 

been completed by a group of Qualified Persons (“QP”). This report was prepared following the 2011 drilling campaign. 

The  CSH  Technical  Report  supports  an  expansion  plan  to  increase  the  processing  capacity  from  30,000  tpd  to  60,000 

tpd  with  a  mine  life  of  11  years.  The  CSH  Technical  Report  delineates  the  open  pit  reserves  at  the  CSH  Mine  at  over 

213  million  tonnes  of  ore  containing  about  4.08  million  ounces  of  gold.  Gold  production  will  be  increased  from  the 

current  133,000  ounces  per  annum  to  about  260,000  ounces  per  annum  by  2016.  The  estimated  capital  expenditure 

is	 US$212.9	 million.	 The	 After-Tax	 Net	 Present	 Value	 (NPV)	 is	 US$642	 million	 using	 a	 discount	 rate	 of	 9%	 and	 an	

assumed	gold	price	of	$1,380/oz	which	is	the	middle	price	of	sensitive	analysis.

The CSH Technical Report is available at sedar.com and hkexnews.hk.

The  expansion  construction  by  the  Company  is  completed.  As  of  October  31,  2013,  the  expansion  construction  for  the 

additional 30,000 tpd three stage closed circuit crushing system, the new heap leach pad and the new ADR plant were 

all  completed.  The  new  80  kilometer  long  110  kilovolt  (“KV”)  power  line  was  also  completed  by  the  end  of  November 

2013  and  began  providing  power  for  testing  in  December  2013.  The  Company  is  currently  performing  test  runs  on  the 

new 30,000 tpd crushing and processing system, from which gold output is expected in the second quarter of 2014.

The	capital	expenditure	incurred	in	the	CSH	Mine	for	the	year	ended	December	31,	2013	was	US$155.4	million.

The major new contracts entered into during 2013

Item 

Contract period 

(effective day and 

No.

Contract Name

Counterpart

Subject amount

expiration date)

Date of Contract

1 

On-site mixed 

Bayannaoer Shengan 

RMB5,500

15 Oct. 2013 to

15 Oct. 2013

explosive contract 

Chemical Co., Ltd. 

(equivalent to 

15 Oct. 2014

(Shengan)

Wulatezhongqi 

US$902)	per	ton	

branch)

with an estimated 

annual consumption 

of 10,000 ton

50

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Production Update

CSH Mine

Three months ended

December 31,

Year ended

December 31,

2013

2012

2013

2012

Ore mined and placed on pad (tonnes)

4,893,016

2,896,196

15,002,686

11,482,902

Average grade of ore (g/t)

Recoverable gold (ounces)

Ending ore inventory (ounces)

Waste rock mined (tonnes)

0.50

46,142

61,386

0.47

39,614

36,939

0.47

155,219

61,386

0.48

138,742

36,939

14,592,377

15,403,048

74,203,141

48,603,889

For  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2013,  the  total  amount  of  ore  put  on  the  leach  pad  was  4.9  million  tonnes, 

with  total  contained  gold  of  46,142  ounces  (1,435  kilograms).  The  accumulative  project-to-date  gold  recovery  rate  has 

slightly decreased from approximately 54.39% at the end of September 2013 to 53.88% at the end of December 2013.

Exploration

The  Company  did  not  drill  at  CSH  during  2013.  The  Company  continues  to  conduct  surface  reconnaissance  and 

exploration for expansion opportunities around the CSH Mine.

Mineral Reserves Update

A mine expansion plan for CSH to expand from its current 30,000 tpd to 60,000 tpd annual capacity has been prepared 

by  the  Changchun  Gold  Design  Institute  (“CGDI”).  In  support  of  this  study  a  new  mine  development  plan  has  been 

completed	 using	 the	 current	 resource	 model	 and	 a	 long	 term	 gold	 price	 estimate	 of	 US$1,380/ounce.	 Pit	 optimization	

and  design  was  undertaken  by  CGDI  using  Micromine  software.  The  pit  limits  and  reserves  were  validated  by  Nilsson 

Mine Services Ltd. (“NMS”). Mining is carried out by the contractor China Railway 19th Bureau.

Mineable  reserves  reported  using  the  2011-year  end  topographic  surface  and  a  cutoff  grade  of  0.28  g/t  have  increased 

to 213.5 million tonnes with an average diluted grade of 0.59 g/t Au. The strip ratio is 3.31 with a total of 707.4 million 

tonnes of waste stripped. Total material moved from the pit will be 920.9 million tonnes.

CSH	Mine	Resources	by	category,	Northeast	and	Southwest	pits	combined	at	December	31,	2013	under	NI	43-101:

Type

Measured

Indicated

Measured + Indicated

Inferred

Quantity Mt

Au g/t

Au t

Au Moz

Metal

68.91

156.75

225.66

85.89

0.65

0.59

0.61

0.51

44.83

92.79

137.62

43.59

1.44

2.98

4.42

1.40

51

Annual Report 2013MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
CSH	Mine	Reserves	by	category,	Northeast	and	Southwest	pits	combined	at	December	31,	2013	under	NI	43-101:

Type

Proven

Probable

Total

The Jiama Mine

Quantity Mt

Au g/t

Au t

Au Moz

Metal

67.83

115.75

183.58

0.64

0.59

0.61

43.09

68.02

111.12

1.39

2.19

3.57

The  Company  acquired  the  Jiama  Mine  on  December  1,  2010.  Jiama  is  a  large  copper-gold  polymetallic  deposit 

containing  copper,  gold,  silver,  molybdenum,  and  other  metals  located  in  the  Gandise  metallogenic  belt  in  Tibet, 

Autonomous Region of China.

The  Jiama  Mine  has  both  underground  mining  and  open-pit  mining  operations.  The  open-pit  mining  operation  consists 

of the smaller Tongqianshan Pit and the larger Niumatang Pit. The underground mining operation consists of two shafts 

which will extend from an initial depth of 355 metres to a final depth of 600 metres.

Phase I of the Jiama Mine commenced mining operations in the latter half of 2010 and reached its design capacity of 6,000 

tpd in early 2011.

Phase II Expansion

The  Company  has  retained  the  engineering  firm  Mining  One  Pty  Ltd,  in  conjunction  with  independent  consulting 

engineers  and  management  to  complete  a  feasibility  study  for  the  Jiama  Mine  Phase  II  expansion.  On  December  20, 

2013, Mining  One Pty Ltd completed a project review  and, as part of its engagement, produced a NI 43-101 Technical 

report  –  Phase  2  Expansion  Project  based  on  the  “Feasibility  Study  for  the  Phase  II  Expansion  Project”  as  prepared  by 

the  Changchun  Gold  Design  Institute  (“Jiama  Technical  Report”)  on  the  Jiama  Mine.  The  Jiama  Technical  Report  was 

filed  at  sedar.com  and  hkexnews.hk  on  February  4th,  2014.  The  Company  plans  to  expand  the  Jiama  Mine  from  its 

current  mining  and  processing  capacity  of  6,000  tpd  to  50,000  tpd  of  ore  through  the  expansion  of  current  open-pit 

operations  and  the  development  of  new  open-pit  and  underground  mining  operations.  Phase  II  Expansion  will  include 

four open pits, one underground mine, and a new floatation plant with a processing capacity of 44,000 tpd. The annual 

mill  processing  capacity  will  be  increased  from  the  current  1.8  million  tonnes  of  ore  per  year  to  16.5  million  tonnes  of 

ore  per  year,  producing  an  average  of  approximately  67,000  tonnes  (148  million  pounds)  of  copper,  2,400  tonnes  (5.3 
million  pounds)  of  molybdenum,  42,000  ounces  of  gold,  2.8  million  ounces  of  silver,  10,400  tonnes  of  lead  and  4,000 

tonnes	 of	 zinc	 annually	 over	 a	 35	 year	 mine	 life	 respectively.	 The	 estimated	 capital	 expenditure	 is	 US$716.2	 million.	

The	project	has	after-tax	Net	Present	Value	(NPV)	of	US$1.3	billion	at	a	discount	rate	of	9%	at	metal	price	assumptions	

of	 US$2.90/lb	 copper,	 US$15.5/lb	 molybdenum,	 US$1,300/oz	 gold,	 and	 US$20/oz	 silver.	 The	 project	 has	 after-tax	

Internal Rate of Return (IRR) of 24% and payback period of 6.7 years.

Since  its  commencement  the  advanced  preparation,  including  the  completion  of  some  civil  engineering  and  works 

and  the  procurement  of  long  lead  time  items  has  progressed  as  scheduled.  The  first  stage  of  construction  including 

220m  x  20m  ROM  silo,  pebble  crusher,  grinding  and  milling  facility,  SAG,  milling  and  floatation  circuits,  high-

efficiency  concentrate  thickener,  power  and  water  supply  system,  and  tailings  thickener  to  expand  mining  operations 
from  6,000  tpd  to  28,000  tpd  is  expected  to  be  completed  by  the  first  half  of  2014.  The  pre-striping  for  open  pits  and 

transportation  system  to  supply  ore  for  first  stage  of  production  facility  will  be  completed  at  first  half  of  2014  as  well. 

Stage two construction of an additional 22,000 tpd capacity is expected to be completed by the first half of 2015.

The	capital	expenditure	incurred	in	the	Jiama	Mine	for	the	year	ended	December	31,	2013	was	US$351.6	million.

52

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
The major new contracts entered into during 2013

Item

No

Contract name

Counterpart

Contract period 

(effective day 

Subject

amount
(RMB)

Subject

Nature of

and expiration 

Contract

date)

amount 
(US	$)

1

Belt Conveyor 

Sichuan Zigong 

41,900,000

6,868,852

Equipment 

15 Jan. 2013

Equipment (1) 

Conveying Machine 

Purchase and Sales 

Group Co., Ltd.

Contract

procurement

2

Jiama Copper 

The Second 

166,195,340

27,245,138 Open stripping 

15 Jan. 2013

Polymetallic Deposit 

Engineering Co., LTD 

South Pit Infrastructure 

of China Railway 17th 

Open Stripping 

Engineering
(4,500,280 m3)

Group PRC

engineering

31 July 2014

3

Jiama Copper

Sichuan Weibo 

28,518,600

4,675,180

Transmission 

5 Mar. 2013

polymetallic Deposit 

Electric Power 

110KV Transmission

Engineering Co. Ltd.

Line Project (Section 1)

line project

14 June 2013

4

Gaze New District Dtaff 

Huadian Fourth 

25,772,631

4,225,021 Building 

15 April 2013

Dormitory Building 

Construction 

Installation Project

Engineering Co., LTD

installation 

31 July 2013

project

5

Ore Processing Whole 

Dandong Dongfang 

27,060,000

4,436,066

Equipment 

30 May 2013

Flowsheet Automation 

Measurement And 

Control Information 

Control Technology 

System Purchase and 

Co., Ltd.

sale Contract

procurement

6

Ore Processing Plant 

Changsha Engineering 

29,800,000

4,885,246

Engineering

and Yailings Engneering 

& Research Institute 

Design of Jiama Phase 

Ltd. of Nonferrous 

II Expansion

Metallurgy

design

53

Annual Report 2013MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Item

No

Contract name

Counterpart

Contract period 

(effective day 

Subject

amount
(RMB)

Subject

Nature of

and expiration 

Contract

date)

amount 
(US	$)

7

2013 the Second 

The Second 

40,000,000

6,557,377 Openings and 

1 Oct. 2013

Engineering Co., LTD 

Engineering Co., LTD 

of China Railway 17th 

of China Railway 17th 

Group PRC undertaking 

Group PRC

development 

30 Sep. 2014

engineering

Tibet Huatailong 

4650 Openings 

and Development 

Engineering

8

Jiama Copper 

Jiangxi Weile

45,000,000

7,377,049

Copper 

30 April 2013

Polymetallic Deposit 

Construction Group

Mining and Processing 

Co. Ltd.

exploring and 

30 April 2015

mining project

Technical Revolution 

Project – Niumatang 

Area 4535 Copper 

Exploring and Mining 

Project

Production Update

Ore mined (tonnes)

Waste mined (tonnes)

Average copper grade of ore

Copper recovery rate

Average gold grade of ore (g/t)

Gold recovery rate

Average silver grade of ore (g/t)

Silver recovery rate

Power Shortage

Jiama Mine

Three months ended

December 31,

Year ended

December 31,

2013

2012

2013

2012

388,459

542,253

2,104,167

–

1,309,106

0.80%

91%

0.48

67%

22.33

65%

0.72%

89%

0.49

77%

22.10

75%

958,453

0.70%

90%

0.39

66%

21.30

64%

1,936,857

5,395,412

0.69%

87%

0.39

66%

21.90

62%

Jiama  Mine  is  currently  dealing  with  reduced  power  supply  that  has  affected  the  central  Tibet  region  during  the  winter 

months. The copper production of fourth quarter 2013 decreased by 25% due to the power shortage. The output of first 
quarter 2014 got significant impact as the power shortage.

54

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company  has  implemented  counteractive  measures  to  mitigate  the  effect  of  power  shortages,  such  as  accelerating 

previously  scheduled  equipment  maintenance  and  time  off  for  employees  during  this  time.  Production  has  slowed  as  a 

result  of  the  power  supply  issues,  and  the  Jiama  Mine  temporarily  suspended  operations  around  the  Chinese  holiday 

period in January 2014. Production has resumed with the assistance of the local government and hydro companies, but 

at  less  than  the  planned  capacity.  The  Company  anticipates  that  the  Jiama  Mine  will  be  able  to  resume  full  production 

in April or May 2014 as seasonal power supply comes back online.

Once  the  full  power  supply  is  restored,  the  Company  expects  to  be  able  to  increase  productivity  and  efficiency  in  order 

to  generate  additional  production  to  meet  its  previously  expected  and  aforementioned  2014  guidance  of  approximately 

50  million  pounds  of  copper.  However,  any  increase  in  productivity  will  depend  on  adequate  power  supply  and  the 

successful  implementation  of  efficiency  and  mine  planning  being  undertaken  during  the  slowdown.  Accordingly,  the 

Company will need to confirm its 2014 guidance for the Jiama Mine in mid-2014.

The  construction  of  Phase  II  expansion  is  not  expected  to  be  significantly  affected  by  the  power  shortage  and  is 

expected to be completed on time.

Exploration

By  the  end  of  December  2013,  the  Jiama  Mine  completed  its  2013  drilling  program  for  a  total  of  3,434  meters  in  the 

existing  Tongqianshan  open  pit.  The  Company  is  currently  evaluating  the  drilling  results,  which  will  be  available  in  the 

first  half  of  2014.  The  major  goals  are  to  further  define  the  main  high  grade  ore  body  in  the  current  open  pit  mining 

area  and  also  to  better  understand  the  geological  structural  on  controlling  metallogenic  regularity.  The  result  of  drilling 

will be used for further resource update.

To identify potential mineral deposits, the Company is planning to have an approximately 12,280 meter drilling program 

at Jiama in 2014.

The  following  table  shows  exploration  expenditures  expensed  and  capitalized  during  the  years  ended  December  31, 

2013 and December 31, 2012.

Exploration expensed
Exploration capitalized

Mineral Resources Estimate

Jiama Mine

Year ended December 31

2013

2012

US$ in millions

US$	in	millions

–
4.32

4.32

–
8.84

8.84

A  Mineral  Resource  estimate,  dated  November  20,  2013,  has  been  independently  completed  by  Mining  One  Pty  Ltd 

in  accordance  with  the  CIM  Definitions  Standards  under  NI  43-101.  The  Resource  estimate  is  based  on  information 

collected  up  to  November  12,  2012.  Assaying  and  geological  logging  and  testing  of  the  core  subsequent  to  November 

2012  including  an  extensive  drill  program  conducted  in  2013  will  be  included  in  future  updates  of  the  Mineral 

Resources and Reserves.

55

Annual Report 2013MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
During the review of the data, Mining One Pty Ltd noted that whilst the mineralization occurs within a single mineralized 

body,  gold  and  silver  mineralization  within  the  ore  body  had  a  significantly  higher  spatial  variability  than  the  other 

elements.  As  a  result  Mining  One  Pty  Ltd  has  classified  the  Au  and  Ag  resource  presented  in  Table  2  separately;  this 

classification takes into account the proposed large scale mining techniques where Au and Ag will only be credits to the 

overall products from the operations. Mining One Pty Ltd has assumed that Au and Ag will not be assigned a single cut-

off grade for a selected mining block and will be mined in conjunction with the other elements.

The  Mineral  Resources  are  summarized  in  Tables  1  and  2.  The  Mineral  Resources  presented  in  Table  2  for  Au  and  Ag 

are inclusive and not in addition to the Mineral Resources in Table 1 and occur within the same mineralized body.

Table 1: Jiama Project – Cu, Mo, Pb and Zn Mineral Resources
Reported at a 0.3% Cu Equivalent Cut Off Grade*, as of 20th of November, 2013

Rock Type

Class

Skarn

Hornfels

Porphyry

Total

Measured
Indicated
M+I
Inferred

Measured
Indicated
M+I
Inferred

Measured
Indicated
M+I
Inferred

Measured
Indicated
M+I
Inferred

Quantity
(Mt)

42.8
453.0
495.8
125.5

54.9
852.9
907.8
276.6

2.6
79.9
82.4
4.0

100.2
1,385.8
1,486.0
406.0

Cu
%

0.66
0.69
0.68
0.46

0.23
0.28
0.27
0.24

0.26
0.30
0.30
0.24

0.41
0.41
0.41
0.31

Mo
%

0.041
0.040
0.040
0.038

0.031
0.030
0.030
0.026

0.049
0.039
0.040
0.085

0.035
0.034
0.034
0.030

Pb
%

0.06
0.15
0.14
0.20

0.03
0.01
0.01
0.02

0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01

0.04
0.05
0.05
0.08

Zn
%

0.04
0.09
0.08
0.10

0.01
0.01
0.01
0.02

0.01
0.01
0.01
0.02

0.02
0.03
0.03
0.04

Cu
Metal
(kt)

281
3,114
3,395
577

127
2,368
2,496
660

7
240
247
10

415
5,772
6,138
1,247

Mo
Metal
(kt)

17
183
200
47

17
253
270
73

1
31
33
3

36
468
503
124

Pb
Metal
(kt)

28
676
704
248

15
69
84
63

1
6
6
0

43
751
794
312

Zn
Metal
(kt)

19
399
417
125

5
64
69
49

0
8
8
1

24
470
495
174

56

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 2: Jiama Project – Au and Ag Mineral Resources

Reported at a 0.3% Cu Equivalent Cut Off Grade* as of 20th of November, 2013

Rock Type

Class

Skarn

Hornfels

Porphyry

Total

Measured

Indicated

M+I

Inferred

Measured

Indicated

M+I

Inferred

Measured

Indicated

M+I

Inferred

Measured

Indicated

M+I

Inferred

Quantity
(Mt)

42.8

453.0

495.8

125.5

54.9

852.9

907.8

276.6

2.6

79.9

82.4

4.0

100.2

1,385.8

1,486.0

406.0

Au g/t

Ag g/t

Au Moz

Ag Moz

0.22

0.27

0.26

0.19

0.02

0.03

0.03

0.06

0.06

0.07

0.07

0.04

0.11

0.11

0.11

0.10

13.39

15.59

15.40

11.90

1.32

1.38

1.37

2.10

3.42

2.93

2.94

2.25

6.53

6.11

6.14

5.13

0.304

3.901

4.205

0.750

0.041

0.909

0.950

0.562

0.005

0.174

0.179

0.006

0.349

4.985

5.334

1.317

18.429

227.094

245.523

47.995

2.330

37.733

40.063

18.644

0.281

7.522

7.803

0.287

21.040

272.349

293.389

66.926

Note:	 Figures	reported	are	rounded	which	may	result	in	small	tabulation	errors.

The	Copper	Equivalent	basis	for	the	reporting	of	resources	has	been	compiled	on	the	following	basis:

CuEq	Resources:	=	 ( A g 	 G r a d e 	 * 	 A g 	 P r i c e 	 + 	 A u 	 G r a d e 	 * 	 A u 	 P r i c e 	 + 	 C u 	 G r a d e 	 * 	 C u 	 P r i c e 	 + 	 P b 	 G r a d e 	 * 	 P b 	 P r i c e 	 +	 

Zn Grade * Zn Price + Mo Grade * Mo Price)/Copper Price

Mineral Reserves Estimate

A  Mineral  Reserve  estimate,  dated  November  20,  2013,  has  been  independently  verified  by  Mining  One  Pty  Ltd  in 

accordance with the CIM Definitions Standards under NI 43-101.

The selected mining strategies developed by CGDI (Changchun Gold Design Institute) consider conventional truck shovel 

mining  for  the  Jiaoyan  and  South  open  pits.  Various  mining  methods  have  been  examined  for  the  Phase  II  Expansion 

Underground Mine with the primary method being Sub Level Stopping with fill (Primary/Secondary/Tertiary).

The  reserve  estimate  for  the  Jiama  underground  mine  is  based  on  a  combination  of  Sub  Level  Open  Stopping  with 

Paste  fill,  Room  and  Pillar  and  Cut  and  Fill.  Table  3  presents  the  Mineral  Reserves  estimate  for  the  Project  (Open  pit 

and underground mines).

57

Annual Report 2013MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 3: Jiama Project Statement of NI 43-101 Mineral Reserve Estimate as of 20th of Nov., 2013

Type

Proved

Probable

Subtotal

Quantity 
(Mt)

24.96

415.87

440.83

Cu 
(%)

0.64

0.61

0.61

Mo 
(%)

0.04

0.03

0.03

Pb
(%)

0.05

0.13

0.13

Zn
(%)

0.03

0.08

0.07

Au g/t

Au g/t

0.19

0.19

0.19

11.35

11.52

11.51

Cu 
(kt)

160

2,548

2,708

Mo
(kt)

10

133

143

Metal

Pb
(kt)

12

551

563

Zn
(kt)

8

319

327

Au
(Moz)

0.2

2.5

2.7

Ag
(Moz)

9.1

154.1

163.2

Notes:

1. 

2. 

The Mineral Reserve as of 20th November 2013.

All  Mineral  Reserves  have  been  estimated  in  accordance  with  the  JORC  code  and  have  been  reconciled  to  CIM  standards  as  prescribed 

by the National Instrument 43-101.

3.	

Mineral	Reserves	were	estimated	using	the	following	mining	and	economic	factors:

Open	Pits:

a) 

b) 

c)	

d) 

5% dilution factor and 95% recovery were applied to the mining method;

overall slope angles of 43 degrees;

a	copper	price	of	USD$2.9/lbs;

an overall processing recovery of 88 – 90% for copper

Underground:

a) 

b) 

c) 

10% dilution added to all Sub-Level Open Stopping;

Stope recovery is 87% for Sub-Level Open Stopping;

An overall processing recovery of 88 – 90% for copper.

4. 

The  cut-off  grade  for  Mineral  Reserves  has  been  estimated  at  copper  equivalent  grades  of  0.3%  Cu  (NSR)  for  the  open  pits  and  0.45% 

Cu (NSR) for the underground mine.

5. 

Mineral  Reserve  Estimates  were  prepared  under  the  guidance  of  Anthony  R.  Cameron  who  is  a  sub-consultant  to  Mining  One  Pty  Ltd. 

He is a Fellow of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy and has over 26 years of relevant engineering experience and is the 

Qualified Person for Mineral Reserves.

There  is  no  significant  change  on  reserve  estimation  of  Jiama  mine  as  of  December  31  2013  compare  with  the  reserve 

as of November 20 2013 as show in table 3.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The  Company  operates  in  a  capital  intensive  industry.  The  Company’s  liquidity  requirements  arise  principally  from 

the  need  for  working  capital  to  finance  the  expansion  of  its  mining  and  processing  operations,  exploration  activities 

and  acquisition  of  exploration  and  mining  rights.  The  Company’s  principal  sources  of  funds  have  been  proceeds  from 

borrowing  from  commercial  banks  in  China,  equity  financings,  and  cash  generated  from  operations.  The  Company’s 

liquidity  primarily  depends  on  its  ability  to  generate  cash  flow  from  its  operations  and  to  obtain  external  financing  to 

meet  its  debt  obligations  as  they  become  due,  as  well  as  the  Company’s  future  operating  and  capital  expenditure 

requirements.

At	 December	 31,	 2013,	 the	 Company	 had	 an	 accumulated	 surplus	 of	 US$156	 million,	 working	 capital	 deficit	 of	
US$171.8	 million	 and	 bank	 borrowings	 of	 US$505	 million.	 The	 Company’s	 cash	 balance	 at	 December	 31,	 2013	 was	

US$106	million.

58

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management noted the working capital deficit, which is caused by the current year’s intensive capital investment to the 

expansion  projects  at  the  both  mine  sites.  The  following  actions  are  being  taken  to  ensure  the  liquidity  requirements 

of	 the	 Company	 are	 met:	 (1)	 the	 management	 is	 negotiating	 with	 the	 banks	 to	 extend	 the	 term	 for	 repayment	 of	 loan	

principals  maturing  in  2014;  (2)  the  management  is  in  advanced  discussions  with  the  commercial  banks  in  China 

to  arrange  permanent  long  term  project  debt  financing;  (3)  the  Jiama  local  management  is  negotiating  with  the  key 

construction  contractors  to  extend  the  terms  of  payment  for  amounts  due;  and  (4)  the  management  is  examining  a 

number of additional project financing options.

As a result, management believes that its forecast operating cash flows are sufficient to cover the next twelve months of 

the Company’s operations including its planned capital expenditures and current debt repayments.

CASH FLOWS

The  following  table  sets  out  selected  cash  flow  data  from  the  Company’s  condensed  consolidated  interim  cash  flow 

statements for the periods ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

Net cash from operating activities

Net cash used in investing activities

Net cash from (used in) financing activities

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

Year ended December 31

2013

US$’000

93,793

(453,776)

286,077

(73,906)

(1,947)

181,740

2012

US$’000

90,785

(251,192)

(13,909)

(174,316)

1,743

354,313

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

105,887

181,740

Operating cash flow

For	 the	 year	 ended	 December	 31,	 2013,	 the	 net	 cash	 inflow	 from	 operating	 activities	 was	 US$93.8	 million	 which	 is	

primarily	 attributable	 to	 (i)	 profit	 before	 income	 tax	 of	 US$73.6	 million,	 (ii)	 depreciation	 and	 depletion	 of	 US$33.8	

million	 and	 (iii)	 finance	 cost	 of	 US$10.7	 million,	 (iv)	 accounts	 payable	 and	 accrued	 liabilities	 US$34.8	 million	 partially	

offset	 by	 (i)	 income	 tax	 paid	 of	 US$32.5	 million,	 (ii)	 interest	 paid	 of	 US$16.0	 million,	 and	 (iii)	 increase	 in	 inventory	 of	

US$14.4	million.

Investing cash flow

For	 the	 year	 ended	 December	 31,	 2013,	 the	 net	 cash	 outflow	 from	 investing	 activities	 was	 US$453.8	 million,	 which	

is	 primarily	 attributable	 to	 payment	 for	 the	 acquisition	 of	 property,	 plant	 and	 equipment	 of	 US$458.7	 million	 and	

deposits	 paid	 for	 acquisition	 of	 property,	 plant	 and	 equipment	 of	 US$	 11.7	 million,	 partially	 offset	 by	 an	 entrusted	 loan	

repayment	from	CNG	of	US$16.5	million	and	receipt	of	government	grants	of	US$2.9	million.

Financing cash flow

For	 the	 year	 ended	 December	 31,	 2013,	 the	 net	 cash	 inflow	 from	 financing	 activities	 was	 US$286.1	 million,	 which	 is	

primarily	 attributable	 to	 proceeds	 from	 a	 bank	 loan	 of	 US$317.4	 million,	 partially	 offset	 by	 repayments	 of	 borrowings	 of	

US$31.4	million.

59

Annual Report 2013MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expenditures Incurred

For	 the	 year	 ended	 December	 31,	 2013,	 the	 Company	 incurred	 mining	 costs	 of	 US$83.1	 million,	 processing	 costs	 of	

US$59.5	 million,	 transportation	 costs	 of	 US$8.0	 million	 and	 resource	 compensation	 fee,	 which	 was	 paid	 to	 the	 PRC	

government,	of	US$9.7	million.

Gearing ratio

Gearing  ratio  is  defined  as  the  ratio  of  consolidated  total  debt  to  consolidated  total  equity.  As  at  December  31,  2013, 

the	 Company’s	 total	 debt	 was	 US$505	 million	 and	 the	 total	 equity	 was	 US$1,431	 million.	 The	 Company’s	 gearing	 ratio	

was therefore 0.35 as at December 31, 2013 and 0.16 as at December 31, 2012.

Restrictive covenants

The Company is subject to various customary conditions and covenants under the terms of its financing agreements.

Under the loan agreement between the CSH CJV and the Agricultural Bank of China (“ABC”), the CSH CJV is prohibited 

from distributing dividends before repaying amounts due under the loan agreement in the same fiscal year. In addition, 

the  CSH  CJV  is  required  to  obtain  the  lender’s  consent  prior  to  carrying  out  certain  activities  or  entering  into  certain 

transactions  such  as  a  reduction  of  registered  capital,  disposal  of  assets,  mergers  and  acquisitions  and  provision  of 

guarantee  or  creating  charges  over  its  material  assets  in  favor  of  third-parties.  The  ABC  loan  is  secured  by  the  relevant 

mining rights of the CSH Mine.

Under  the  loan  agreements  between  Jiama  and  the  Bank  of  China  (“BOC”)  and  between  Jiama  and  the  various  banks 

providing  the  syndicated  loan  facility,  Jiama  is  prohibited  from  distributing  dividends  before  offsetting  accumulated 

losses  of  the  prior  accounting  year,  repaying  the  principal,  interest,  and  other  expenses  due  under  the  loan  agreement 

in  the  current  fiscal  year,  and  repaying  the  principal,  interest  and  other  expenses  due  under  the  loan  agreement  in  the 

next fiscal year. In addition, Jiama is required to obtain the lender’s written approval prior to reducing registered capital, 

processing one or more transactions or a series of transactions in the form of a sale, lease, transfer or other way leading 

to  the  disposal  of  assets  that  together  total  over  RMB5.0  million,  entering  into  any  merger  or  acquisition,  providing  a 

guarantee  or  creating  charges  over  its  material  assets  in  favor  of  third  parties.  The  BOC  and  Syndicate  loan  facility  are 

secured by the relevant mining rights and assets of the Jiama Mine.

New bank loans

The	Company	entered	into	the	following	loan	agreements	during	the	three	months	ended	December	31,	2013:

On  November  21,  2013,  the  Company  signed  an  agreement  with  Postal  Savings  Bank  of  China.  The  loan  of  RMB100 

million	(equivalent	to	US$16	million)	matures	in	twelve	months	and	bears	interest	at	6.00%	per	annum.

On November 29, 2013, the Company signed an agreement with Bank of China. The loan of RMB142.5 million (equivalent 

to	US$23	million)	matures	in	twelve	months	and	bears	interest	at	2.85%	per	annum.

On  December  6,  2013,  the  Company  signed  an  agreement  with  Bank  of  Communications.  The  loan  of  RMB30  million 

(equivalent	to	US$5	million)	matures	in	twelve	months	and	bears	interest	at	6%	per	annum.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments  and  contingencies  include  principal  payments  on  the  Company’s  bank  loans  and  syndicated  loan  facility, 
material future aggregate minimum operating lease payments required under operating leases and capital commitments 

in  respect  of  the  future  acquisition  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  construction  for  both  the  CSH  Mine  and  the 

Jiama Mine.

60

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSISThe Company has leased certain properties in China and Canada, which are all under operating lease arrangements and 

are  negotiated  for  terms  of  between  one  and  seventeen  years.  The  Company  is  required  to  pay  a  fixed  rental  amount 

under the terms of these leases.

The Company’s capital commitments relate primarily to the payments for purchase of equipment and machinery for both 

mines  and  payments  to  third-party  contractors  for  the  provision  of  mining  and  exploration  engineering  work  and  mine 

construction  work  for  both  mines.  The  Company  has  entered  into  contracts  that  prescribe  such  capital  commitments; 

however,  liabilities  relating  to  them  have  not  yet  been  incurred.  Therefore,  capital  commitments  are  not  included  in  the 

Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The	following	table	outlines	payments	for	commitments	for	the	periods	indicated:

Principal repayment of bank loans

Operating lease commitments (a)

Capital commitments (b)

Total
US$’000

504,506

1,716

202,860

Within

Within two

one year
US$’000

to five years
US$’000

Over 5 years
US$’000

232,432

1,255

202,860

272,074

162

–

–

299

–

299

Total

709,082

436,547

272,236

(a) 

Operating leases are primarily for premises and production.

(b) 

Capital commitments relate to contracts signed for construction and equipment supply.

In  addition  to  the  table  set  forth  above,  the  Company  has  entered  into  service  agreements  with  third-party  contractors 

such  as  China  Railway  and  China  Metallurgical  for  the  provision  of  mining  and  exploration  engineering  work  and  mine 

construction work for the CSH Mine. The fees for such work performed and to be performed each year varies depending 

on the amount of work performed. The Company has similar agreements with third party contractors for the Jiama Mine.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

CNG owned 39.3 percent of the outstanding common shares of the Company as at December 31, 2013 and December 

31, 2012.

The  Company  had  major  related  party  transactions  with  the  following  companies  related  by  way  of  shareholders  and 
shareholder	in	common:

On  October  24,  2008,  the  Company’s  subsidiary,  Inner  Mongolia  Pacific  entered  into  a  non-exclusive  contract  for  the 

purchase  and  sale  of  dore  with  CNG  (the  “2008  Contract”)  pursuant  to  which  Inner  Mongolia  Pacific  occasionally 

sold  gold  dore  bars  to  CNG  through  to  December  31,  2011.  The  pricing  was  based  on  the  daily  average  price  of 

Au9995  gold  ingot  as  quoted  on  the  Shanghai  Gold  Exchange  and  the  daily  average  price  of  No.  2  silver  as  quoted  on 

the  Shanghai  Huatong  Platinum  &  Silver  Exchange  prevailing  at  the  time  of  each  relevant  purchase  order  during  the 

contract  period.  On  January  27,  2012,  Inner  Mongolia  Pacific  entered  into  a  contract  with  CNG  in  order  to  regulate 

the  sale  and  purchase  of  gold  dore  that  was  to  be  carried  out  between  them  for  the  three  years  ending  December  31, 

2012, 2013 and 2014, for the purpose of keeping the same pricing terms as the 2008 Contract. Revenue from sales of 

gold	 dore	 bars	 to	 CNG	 decreased	 from	 US$220	 million	 for	 the	 year	 ended	 December	 31,	 2012	 to	 US$174	 million	 for	

the year ended December 31, 2013.

61

Annual Report 2013MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  April  26,  2013,  Huatailong,  an  indirectly  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  entered  into  the  Contract  for 

Purchase  and  Sale  of  Copper  Concentrate  with  China  National  Gold  Group  International  Trading  Co.  Ltd,  which  is 

ultimately  controlled  by  CNG,  for  the  purpose  of  governing  the  sale  and  purchase  of  copper  sulphide  concentrates 

produced  at  the  Jiama  Mine  for  the  two  years  ending  December  31,  2013  and  2014,  with  pricing  referenced  to  the 

prescribed  figures  disclosed  in  the  contract,  based  on  the  monthly  average  bench  mark  prices  of  copper,  gold  and 

silver.  The  first  sales  transaction  under  the  contract  occurred  in  July  2013.  Revenue  from  sales  of  copper  and  other 

products	 to	 CNG	 was	 US$55.8	 million	 for	 the	 year	 ended	 December	 31,	 2013,	 compared	 with	 nil	 in	 the	 same	 period	 in	

2012.

For	 the	 year	 ended	 December	 31,	 2013,	 construction	 services	 of	 US$237.8	 million	 were	 provided	 to	 the	 Company	 by	

subsidiaries	of	CNG	(US$77.0	million	for	the	year	ended	December	31,	2012).

In  addition  to  the  two  aforementioned  major  related  party  transactions,  the  Company  also  obtains  additional  services 

from  related  parties  in  its  normal  course  of  business.  Further  detailed  information  regarding  such  services  is  disclosed 

in the Company’s annual directors’ report.

PROPOSED TRANSACTIONS

The  Board  of  Directors  has  given  the  Company  approval  to  conduct  reviews  of  a  number  of  projects  that  may  qualify 

as  acquisition  targets  through  joint  venture,  merger  and/or  outright  acquisitions.  The  Group  did  not  have  any  material 

acquisition and disposal of subsidiaries and associated companies in the year ended December 31, 2013.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

In  the  process  of  applying  the  Company’s  accounting  policies,  the  Directors  of  the  Company  have  identified  accounting 

judgments  and  key  sources  of  estimation  uncertainty  that  have  a  significant  effect  on  the  amounts  recognized  in  the 

audited annual consolidated financial statements.

Key  assumptions  concerning  the  future  and  other  key  sources  of  estimation  uncertainty  at  the  end  of  each  reporting 

period  that  have  a  significant  risk  of  causing  a  material  adjustment  to  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities 

within  the  next  twelve  months  are  described  in  Note  4  of  the  audited  annual  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the 

year ended December 31, 2013.

CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES

A  summary  of  new  and  revised  IFRS  standards  and  interpretations  are  outlined  in  Note  2  of  the  audited  annual 

consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2013.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS

The  Company  holds  a  number  of  financial  instruments,  the  most  significant  of  which  are  available-for-sale  investments, 

accounts  receivable,  accounts  payable,  cash  and  loans.  The  financial  instruments  are  recorded  at  either  fair  values  or 

amortized amount on the balance sheet.

The Company did not have any derivatives as at December 31, 2013.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

As at December 31, 2013, the Company had not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements.

62

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSISDIVIDEND AND DIVIDEND POLICY

The  Company  has  not  paid  any  dividends  since  incorporation  and  does  not  currently  have  a  fixed  dividend  policy. 

The  Board  of  Directors  will  determine  any  future  dividend  policy  on  the  basis  of,  among  others  things,  the  results  of 

operations,  cash  flows  and  financial  conditions,  operating  and  capital  requirements,  the  rules  promulgated  by  the 

regulators  affecting  dividends  in  both  Canada  and  Hong  Kong  and  at  both  the  TSX  and  HKSE,  and  the  amount  of 

distributable profits and other relevant factors.

Subject  to  the  British  Columbia  Business  Corporations  Act,  the  Directors  may  from  time  to  time  declare  and  authorize 

payment  of  such  dividends  as  they  may  deem  advisable,  including  the  amount  thereof  and  the  time  and  method  of 

payment  provided  that  the  record  date  for  the  purpose  of  determining  shareholders  entitled  to  receive  payment  of  the 

dividend must not precede the date on which the dividend is to be paid by more than two months.

A  dividend  may  be  paid  wholly  or  partly  by  the  distribution  of  cash,  specific  assets  or  of  fully  paid  shares  or  of  bonds, 

debentures  or  other  securities  of  the  Company,  or  in  any  one  or  more  of  those  ways.  No  dividend  may  be  declared  or 

paid  in  money  or  assets  if  there  are  reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that  the  Company  is  insolvent  or  the  payment  of 

the dividend would render the Company insolvent.

OUTSTANDING SHARES

As of December 31, 2013 the Company had 396,413,753 common shares issued and outstanding.

DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES AND INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management  is  responsible  for  the  design  of  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (“DC&P”)  and  the  design  of  internal 

control  over  financial  reporting  (“ICFR”)  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  material  information  relating  to  the 

Company,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  the  Company’s  certifying  officers.  The  Company’s 

Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have each evaluated the Company’s DC&P and ICFR as of December 

31,  2013  and,  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  established  under  Canadian  National  Instrument  52-109  – 

Certification  of  Disclosure  in  Issuer’s  Annual  and  Interim  Filings,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer 

have  concluded  that  these  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  as  December  31,  2013,  and  provide  reasonable 

assurance that material information relating to the Company is made known to them by others within the Company and 

that  the  information  required  to  be  disclosed  in  reports  that  are  filed  or  submitted  under  Canadian  securities  legislation 

are recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time period specified in those rules.

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have used the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations 
of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO)  framework  of  Year  2013  to  evaluate  the  Company’s  ICFR  as  of  December  31, 

2013  and  have  concluded  that  these  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  as  of  December  31,  2013  and  provide 

reasonable  assurance  that  financial  information  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  in  a  timely  manner. 

Management  is  required  to  apply  its  judgment  in  evaluating  the  cost-benefit  relationship  of  possible  controls  and 

procedures.  The  result  of  the  inherent  limitations  in  all  control  systems  means  design  of  controls  cannot  provide 

absolute  assurance  that  all  control  issues  and  instances  of  fraud  will  be  detected.  During  the  year  ended  December 

31,  2013,  there  were  no  changes  in  the  Company’s  DC&P  or  ICFR  that  materially  affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to 

materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

63

Annual Report 2013MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSISRISK FACTORS

There  are  certain  risks  involved  in  the  Company’s  operations,  some  of  which  are  beyond  the  Company’s  control.  Aside 

from risks relating to business and industry, the Company’s principal operations are located within the People’s Republic 

of  China  and  are  governed  by  a  legal  and  regulatory  environment  that  in  some  respects  differs  from  that  which  prevails 

in other countries. Readers of this MD&A should give careful consideration to the information included in this document 

and  the  Company’s  audited  annual  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related  notes.  Significant  risk  factors  for 

the  Company  are  metal  prices,  government  regulations,  foreign  operations,  environmental  compliance,  the  ability  to 

obtain  additional  financing,  risk  relating  to  recent  acquisitions,  dependence  on  management,  title  to  the  Company’s 

mineral  properties,  and  litigation.  China  Gold  International’s  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations  could 

be  materially  and  adversely  affected  by  any  of  these  risks.  For  details  of  risk  factors,  please  refer  to  the  Company’s 

annual  audited  consolidated  financial  statements,  and  Annual  Information  Form  filed  from  time  to  time  on  SEDAR  at  

www.sedar.com.

QUALIFIED PERSON

Disclosure  of  a  scientific  or  technical  nature  in  this  section  of  the  MD&A  in  respect  of  updates  at  the  CSH  Gold  Project 

was prepared by or under the supervision of Mr. Songlin Zhang, a qualified person for the purposes of NI 43-101.

Disclosure  of  a  scientific  or  technical  nature  in  this  MD&A  in  respect  of  the  Jiama  Mine  for  the  Mineral  Resources, 

Mineral  Reserves  and  Phase  II  Expansion  was  prepared  by  or  under  the  supervision  of  Mr.  Bin  Guo  and  Anthony  R 

Cameron, both qualified person for the purposes of NI 43-101; all remaining information in regards to the Jiama project 

contained  in  this  MD&A  was  prepared  by  or  under  the  supervision  of  Mr.  Songlin  Zhang,  a  qualified  person  for  the 

purposes of NI 43-101.

March 25, 2014

64

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSISTO THE MEMBERS OF 
CHINA GOLD INTERNATIONAL RESOURCES CORP. LTD. 

(incorporated in British Columbia, Canada with limited liability)

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd. (the 

“Company”)  and  its  subsidiaries  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “Group”)  set  out  on  pages  67  to  124,  which  comprise 

the  consolidated  statement  of  financial  position  as  at  December  31,  2013  and  the  consolidated  statement  of  profit  or 

loss and other comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash 

flows for the year then ended, and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIbILITy fOR THE CONSOLIDATED fINANCIAL STATEmENTS

The  directors  of  the  Company  are  responsible  for  the  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  that  give  a  true 

and  fair  view  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  and  the  disclosure  requirements  of  the 

Hong  Kong  Companies  Ordinance,  and  for  such  internal  control  as  the  directors  determine  is  necessary  to  enable  the 

preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

AUDITOR’S RESPONSIbILITy

Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial  statements  based  on  our  audit  and  to  report 

our opinion solely to you, as a body, in accordance with our agreed terms of engagement, and for no other purpose. We 

do not assume responsibility towards or accept liability to any other person for the contents of this report.

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  International  Standards  on  Auditing.  Those  standards  require  that  we 

comply  with  ethical  requirements  and  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the 

consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated 

financial  statements.  The  procedures  selected  depend  on  the  auditor’s  judgment,  including  the  assessment  of  the  risks 

of  material  misstatement  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  fraud  or  error.  In  making  those  risk 

assessments,  the  auditor  considers  internal  control  relevant  to  the  entity’s  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial 

statements  that  give  a  true  and  fair  view  in  order  to  design  audit  procedures  that  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances, 

but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the  entity’s  internal  control.  An  audit  also 

includes  evaluating  the  appropriateness  of  accounting  policies  used  and  the  reasonableness  of  accounting  estimates 

made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We  believe  that  the  audit  evidence  we  have  obtained  is  sufficient  and  appropriate  to  provide  a  basis  for  our  audit 

opinion.

65

Annual Report 2013INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORTTO THE MEMBERS OF 
CHINA GOLD INTERNATIONAL RESOURCES CORP. LTD. (Cont’d) 

(incorporated in British Columbia, Canada with limited liability)

OPINION

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial position of the Group as at 

December 31, 2013, and of the Group’s financial performance and its cash flows for the year then ended in accordance 

with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  and  have  been  properly  prepared  in  accordance  with  the  disclosure 

requirements of the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance.

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
Certified Public Accountants 
Hong Kong

March 25, 2014

66

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORTRevenues

Cost of sales

NOTES

28

2013

US$’000

302,608

(200,733)

2012

US$’000

332,387

(207,458)

Mine operating earnings

101,875

124,929

Expenses

  General and administrative expenses

  Exploration and evaluation expenditure

Income from operations

Other income (expenses)

  Foreign exchange gain, net

Interest and other income

  Finance costs

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Profit for the year

5

6

7

8

9

Other comprehensive income for the year

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
  Exchange difference arising on translation

  Fair value (loss) gain on available-for-sale investment

19

(25,703)

(247)

(25,049)

(390)

(25,950)

(25,439)

75,925

99,490

1,514

6,762

(10,654)

171

12,565

(12,549)

(2,378)

187

73,547

(16,365)

99,677

(26,163)

57,182

73,514

6,882

(372)

2,931

559

Total comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax

63,692

77,004

Profit for the year attributable to:

  Non-controlling interests

  Owners of the Company

2,150

55,032

2,576

70,938

57,182

73,514

67

Annual Report 2013CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOMEFOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to:

Non-controlling interests

Owners of the Company

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding

Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding

NOTES

2013

US$’000

2012

US$’000

2,167

61,525

2,586

74,418

63,692

77,004

13.88 cents

17.90 cents

13.88 cents

17.90 cents

396,384,055

396,257,575

396,400,505

396,337,619

12

12

12

12

68

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Accounts receivable and other receivables

Prepaid expenses and deposits

Entrusted loan receivable

Prepaid lease payments

Inventory

Non-current assets
Prepaid expense and deposits

Prepaid lease payments

Inventory

Deferred tax assets

Available-for-sale investments

Property, plant and equipment

Mining rights

Total assets

Current liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued expenses

Borrowings

Tax liabilities

NOTES

13

14

15

16

17

18

15

17

18

8

19

20

21

22

23

2013

US$’000

105,887

9,714

6,987

–

235

61,245

2012

US$’000

181,740

3,380

10,270

16,052

194

38,450

184,068

250,086

16,706

8,425

2,001

14,501

21,850

1,027,393

943,557

45,727

6,626

10,005

7,100

21,373

517,115

948,232

2,034,433

1,556,178

2,218,501

1,806,264

115,952

232,432

7,487

75,073

72,234

12,193

355,871

159,500

Net current (liabilities) assets

(171,803)

90,586

Total assets less current liabilities

1,862,630

1,646,764

69

Annual Report 2013CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITIONAT DECEMBER 31, 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred income

Borrowings

Environmental rehabilitation

Total liabilities

Owners’ equity
Share capital

Reserves

Retained profits

Non-controlling interests

Total owners’ equity

NOTES

8

24

23

25

26

2013

US$’000

126,687

2,518

272,074

29,826

2012

US$’000

130,659

803

140,695

6,813

431,105

278,970

786,976

438,470

1,229,061

36,304

156,066

1,421,431

10,094

1,228,731

23,761

107,166

1,359,658

8,136

1,431,525

1,367,794

Total liabilities and owners’ equity

2,218,501

1,806,264

The  consolidated  financial  statements  were  approved  and  authorized  for  issue  by  the  Board  of  Directors  on  March  25, 

2014 and are signed on its behalf by:

(Signed by) Xin Song
Xin Song

(Signed by) Bing Liu
Bing Liu

Director

Director

70

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.AT DECEMBER 31, 2013CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes

Number

of shares

Investment

revaluation

reserve
US$’000

Exchange

reserve
US$’000

Share

capital
US$’000

Equity

reserve
US$’000

note (a)

396,163,753

1,228,184

11,355

–

–

–

–

26(b)

155,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

547

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(206)

102

–

–

396,318,753

1,228,731

11,251

–

–

–

–

26(b)

95,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

330

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(124)

42

–

–

–

–

559

–

559

–

–

–

–

559

–

(372)

–

5,097

–

–

2,921

2,921

–

–

–

–

–

–

6,865

(372)

6,865

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Retained

profits
US$’000

Subtotal
US$’000

Non–

controlling

interests
US$’000

Total

owners’

equity
US$’000

40,161

1,284,797

5,735

1,290,532

70,938

–

–

70,938

559

2,921

2,576

–

10

73,514

559

2,931

70,938

74,418

2,586

77,004

–

–

(3,933)

–

107,166

55,032

–

–

341

102

–

–

1,359,658

55,032

(372)

6,865

–

–

–

(185)

8,136

2,150

–

17

341

102

–

(185)

1,367,794

57,182

(372)

6,882

55,032

61,525

2,167

63,692

–

–

(6,132)

–

206

42

–

–

–

–

–

(209)

206

42

–

(209)

Statutory

reserve
US$’000

note (b)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,933

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6,132

–

8,018

3,933

396,413,753

1,229,061

11,169

187

14,883

10,065

156,066

1,421,431

10,094

1,431,525

At January 1, 2012

Profit for the year

Fair value gain on available–for-sale investment

Exchange difference arising on translation

Total comprehensive income for the year

Exercise of stock options (note a)

Share-based compensation (note a)

Transfer to statutory surplus reserve

Dividend paid to a non-controlling shareholder

At December 31, 2012

Profit for the year

Fair value loss on available–for-sale investment

Exchange difference arising on translation

Total comprehensive income for the year

Exercise of stock options (note a)

Share-based compensation (note a)

Transfer to statutory reserve

Dividend paid to a non-controlling shareholder

At December 31, 2013

Notes:

(a) 

Amounts  represent  equity  reserve  arising  from  share-based  compensation  provided  to  employees  under  the  stock  option  plan  of  the 

Company and deemed contribution from shareholders in previous years.

(b) 

Statutory reserve which consists of appropriations from the profit after taxation of the subsidiaries established in the People’s Republic of 

China  (“PRC”),  forms  part  of  the  equity  of  PRC  subsidiaries.  In  accordance  with  the  PRC  Company  Law  and  the  Articles  of  Association 

of  the  PRC  subsidiaries,  the  PRC  subsidiaries  are  required  to  appropriate  an  amount  equal  to  a  minimum  of  10%  of  their  profits  after 

taxation each year to a statutory reserve until the reserve reaches 50% of the registered capital of the respective subsidiaries.

71

Annual Report 2013CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITYFOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
Profit before income tax for the year

Items not requiring use of cash and cash equivalents:

  Amortization of mining rights

  Depreciation

  Finance costs

  Foreign exchange gain

  Loss (gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Interest income from entrusted loan

  Release of prepaid lease payment

  Release of deferred lease inducement

  Release of deferred income

  Share-based compensation

Change in non-cash operating working capital items:

  Accounts receivable and other receivables

  Prepaid expenses and deposits

Inventory

  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Cash generated from operations

Interest paid

Income taxes paid

Environmental rehabilitation expenses paid

2013

US$’000

2012

US$’000

73,547

6,077

33,845

10,654

–

324

(455)

195

(33)

(1,155)

42

(6,251)

5,161

(14,461)

34,811

142,301

(15,994)

(32,514)

–

99,677

14,252

24,920

12,549

(826)

(6)

–

168

(34)

(145)

102

(1,655)

(3,470)

(6,994)

5,643

144,181

(11,921)

(40,351)

(1,124)

Net cash from operating activities

93,793

90,785

Investing activities
Acquisition of available-for-sale investment

Deposit paid for acquisition of property, plant and equipment

Payment for acquisition of property, plant and equipment

Payment for acquisition of land use rights

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

Receipt of asset-related government grants

Receipt of deferred consideration from disposal of a mining project  

to a related company

Repayment (advance) of entrusted loan to a substantial shareholder

Settlement of deferred consideration from disposal of a mining  

(849)

(11,728)

(458,739)

(1,821)

4

2,850

–

16,507

(20,814)

(40,230)

(174,865)

–

42

–

1,398

(16,052)

project to a related company

–

(671)

Net cash used in investing activities

(453,776)

(251,192)

72

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWSFOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financing activities
Deemed capital contribution from a shareholder through  

settlement of listing fee

Dividend paid to a non-controlling shareholder

Issuance of common shares upon exercise of share options

Proceeds from borrowings

Repayments of borrowings

2013

US$’000

2012

US$’000

–

(209)

206

317,449

(31,369)

2,736

(185)

341

27,534

(44,335)

Net cash from (used in) financing activities

286,077

(13,909)

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

(1,947)

1,743

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

(75,853)

181,740

(172,573)

354,313

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

105,887

181,740

Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of

Cash and bank deposits in bank

105,887

181,740

73

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.  GENERAL AND BASIS OF PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

China  Gold  International  Resources  Corp.  Ltd.,  formerly  known  as  Jinshan  Gold  Mines  Inc.,  (the  “Company”) 

is  a  publicly  listed  company  incorporated  in  British  Columbia  on  May  31,  2000  with  limited  liability  under  the 

legislation of the Province of British Columbia and its shares are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”) and 

The  Stock  Exchange  of  Hong  Kong  Limited  (the  “Stock  Exchange”).  The  Company  together  with  its  subsidiaries 

(collectively  referred  to  as  the  “Group”)  is  principally  engaged  in  the  acquisition,  exploration,  development  and 

mining  of  mineral  reserves  in  the  PRC.  Particulars  of  the  subsidiaries  of  the  Company  are  set  out  in  Note  35. 

The  Group  considers  that  China  National  Gold  Group  Corporation  (“CNG”),  a  state  owned  company  registered  in 

Beijing,  PRC  which  is  controlled  by  State-owned  Assets  Supervision  and  Administration  Commission  of  the  State 

Council of the PRC, is able to exercise significant influence over the Company.

The  head  office,  principal  address  and  registered  and  records  office  of  the  Company  are  located  at  Suite  1030, 

One Bentall Centre, 505 Burrard Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, V7X 1M5.

The  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in  United  States  Dollars  (“US$”)  which  is  the  functional 

currency of the Company.

At  December  31,  2013,  the  Group’s  current  liabilities  exceeded  its  current  assets  by  approximately  US$171.8 

million.  In  view  of  these  circumstances,  the  directors  of  the  Company  have  given  consideration  to  the  future 

liquidity  and  performance  of  the  Group  and  its  available  sources  of  finance  in  assessing  whether  the  Group  will 

have  sufficient  financial  resources  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  In  addition,  the  Group  is  currently  in  the 

process of negotiating with various banks to obtain a new syndicated loan in order to improve the liquidity position. 

Taking  into  account  the  Group’s  cash  flow  projection,  including  the  Group’s  unutilized  bank  facilities,  ability  to 

renew or refinance the banking facilities upon maturity and the Group’s future capital expenditure in respect of its 

non-cancellable  capital  commitments,  the  directors  of  the  Company  consider  that  it  has  sufficient  working  capital 

to  meet  in  full  its  financial  obligations  as  they  fall  due  for  at  least  the  next  twelve  months  from  the  end  of  the 

reporting period and accordingly, the financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.

2.  APPLICATION OF NEW AND REVISED INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS (“IFRSs”)

In  the  current  year,  the  Group  has  applied  the  following  new  or  amended  IFRSs  or  interpretation  issued  by  the 

International Accounting Standards Board and IFRS Interpretations Committee which are effective for the financial 

year beginning January 1, 2013:

Amendments to IFRSs

Amendments to IFRS 7

Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2009-2011 Cycle

Disclosures – Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and 

Consolidated Financial Statements, Joint Arrangements and Disclosure 

IFRS 12

IFRS 10

IFRS 11

IFRS 12

IFRS 13

IAS 19 (Revised 2011)

IAS 27 (Revised 2011)

IAS 28 (Revised 2011)

Amendments to IAS 1

IFRIC 20

of Interests in Other Entities: Transition Guidance

Consolidated Financial Statements

Joint Arrangements

Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities

Fair Value Measurement

Employee Benefits

Separate Financial Statements

Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures

Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income

Stripping Costs in the Production Phase of a Surface Mine

The  application  of  the  new  or  amended  IFRSs  or  interpretation  in  the  current  year  has  had  no  material  impact  on 

the  Group’s  financial  performance  and  positions  for  the  current  and  prior  years  and/or  on  disclosures  set  out  in 

these consolidated financial statements.

74

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 20132.  APPLICATION  OF  NEW  AND  REVISED  INTERNATIONAL  FINANCIAL  REPORTING  STANDARDS  (“IFRSs”) 

(Cont’d)

The Group has not early applied the following new or amended IFRSs or interpretation that has been issued but is 

not yet effective:

Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and 

Investment Entities1

IAS 27

Amendments to IAS 19 

Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7

Amendments to IAS 32

Amendments to IAS 36

Amendments to IAS 39

Amendments to IFRSs
Amendments to IFRSs
IFRS 9

IFRS 14

IFRIC 21

Defined Benefit Plans: Employee Contributions2
Mandatory Effective Date of IFRS 9 and Transition Disclosures3
Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities1
Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets1
Novation of Derivatives and Continuation of Hedge Accounting1
Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2010-2012 Cycle4
Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2011-2013 Cycle2
Financial Instruments3
Regulatory Deferral Accounts5
Levies1

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014

Effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2014

Available for application – the mandatory effective date will be determined when the outstanding phases of IFRS 9 are finalised

Effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2014, with limited exceptions

Effective for first annual IFRS financial statements beginning on or after January 1, 2016

The  directors  of  the  Company  anticipate  that  the  application  of  these  new  and  revised  standards,  amendments 

and interpretations will have no material impact on the Group.

3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  to  IFRSs.  In  addition,  the  consolidated 

financial  statements  include  applicable  disclosures  required  by  the  Rules  Governing  the  Listing  of  Securities  on 

the Stock Exchange and by the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance.

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  on  the  historical  cost  basis  except  for  certain  financial 

instruments,  which  are  measured  at  fair  values.  Historical  cost  is  generally  based  on  the  fair  value  of  the 

consideration given in exchange for goods.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction 

between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date,  regardless  of  whether  that  price  is  directly  observable  or 

estimated using another valuation technique. In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group takes 

into  account  the  characteristics  of  the  asset  or  liability  if  market  participants  would  take  those  characteristics  into 

account when pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Fair value for measurement and/or disclosure 

purposes  in  these  consolidated  financial  statements  is  determined  on  such  a  basis,  except  for  share-based 

payment transactions that are within the scope of IFRS 2, leasing transactions that are within the scope of IAS 17, 

and  measurements  that  have  some  similarities  to  fair  value  but  are  not  fair  value,  such  as  net  realisable  value  in 

IAS 2 or value in use in IAS 36.

75

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont’d)

In addition, for financial reporting purposes, fair value measurements are categorised into Level 1, 2 or 3 based on 

the degree to which the inputs to the fair value measurements are observable and the significance of the inputs to 

the fair value measurement in its entirety, which are described as follows:

•	

Level	 1	 inputs	 are	 quoted	 prices	 (unadjusted)	 in	 active	 markets	 for	 identical	 assets	 or	 liabilities	 that	 the	

entity can access at the measurement date;

•	

Level	 2	 inputs	 are	 inputs,	 other	 than	 quoted	 prices	 included	 within	 Level	 1,	 that	 are	 observable	 for	 the	 asset	

or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

•	

Level	3	inputs	are	unobservable	inputs	for	the	asset	or	liability.

Basis of consolidation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  incorporate  the  financial  statements  of  the  Company  and  entities  controlled 
by the Company and its subsidiaries. Control is achieved when the Company:

•	

•	

•	

has	power	over	the	investee;

is	exposed,	or	has	rights,	to	variable	returns	from	its	involvement	with	the	investee;	and

has	the	ability	to	use	its	power	to	affect	its	returns.

The  Group  reassesses  whether  or  not  it  controls  an  investee  if  facts  and  circumstances  indicate  that  there  are 

changes to one or more of the three elements of control listed above.

Consolidation  of  a  subsidiary  begins  when  the  Group  obtains  control  over  the  subsidiary  and  ceases  when  the 

Group  loses  control  of  the  subsidiary.  Specifically,  income  and  expenses  of  a  subsidiary  acquired  or  disposed  of 

during the year are included in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income from 

the date the Group gains control until the date when the Group ceases to control the subsidiary.

Where  necessary,  adjustments  are  made  to  the  financial  statements  of  subsidiaries  to  bring  their  accounting 

policies into line with those used by other members of the Group.

All intra-company transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated in full on consolidation.

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries are presented separately from the Group’s equity therein.

Allocation of total comprehensive income to non-controlling interests

Total  comprehensive  income  and  expense  of  a  subsidiary  is  attributed  to  the  owners  of  the  Company  and  to  the 

non-controlling interests even if the results in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance.

76

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont’d)

Business combination

Acquisitions  of  businesses  are  accounted  for  using  the  acquisition  method.  The  consideration  transferred  in  a 

business  combination  is  measured  at  fair  value,  which  is  calculated  as  the  sum  of  the  acquisition-date  fair  values 

of  the  assets  transferred  by  the  Group,  liabilities  incurred  by  the  Group  to  former  owners  of  the  acquiree  and 

the  equity  interests  issued  by  the  Group  in  exchange  for  control  of  the  acquiree.  Acquisition-related  costs  are 

recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

At  the  acquisition  date,  the  acquiree’s  identifiable  assets,  liabilities  and  contingent  liabilities  that  meet  the 

conditions for recognition under IFRS 3 (2008) are recognized at their fair values, except that:

•	

deferred	 tax	 assets	 or	 liabilities	 and	 liabilities	 or	 assets	 related	 to	 employee	 benefit	 arrangements	 are	

recognized  and  measured  in  accordance  with  IAS  12  Income  Taxes  and  IAS  19  Employee  Benefits 

respectively;

•	

liabilities	or	 equity	instruments	related	to	 share-based	payment	arrangements	of	 the	 acquiree	or	 share-based	

payment  arrangements  of  the  Group  entered  into  to  replace  share-based  payment  arrangements  of  the 

acquiree are measured in accordance with IFRS 2 Share-based Payment at the acquisition date; and

•	

assets	 (or	 disposal	 groups)	 that	 are	 classified	 as	 held	 for	 sale	 in	 accordance	 with	 IFRS	 5	 Non-current	 Assets	

Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations are measured in accordance with that standard.

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling 

interests in the acquiree, and the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree (if any) 

over the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. If, after 

assessment,  the  Group’s  interest  in  the  fair  value  of  the  acquiree’s  identifiable  net  assets  exceeds  the  sum  of  the 

consideration  transferred,  the  amount  of  any  non-controlling  interests  in  the  acquiree  and  the  fair  value  of  the 

acquirer’s previously held interest in the acquiree (if any), the excess is recognized immediately in profit or loss as 

a bargain purchase gain.

Non-controlling  interests  that  are  present  ownership  interests  and  entitle  their  holders  to  a  proportionate  share 

of  the  entity’s  net  assets  in  the  event  of  liquidation  may  be  initially  measured  either  at  fair  value  or  at  the  non-

controlling  interests’  proportionate  share  of  the  fair  value  of  the  acquiree’s  identifiable  net  assets.  The  choice  of 

measurement basis is made on a transaction-by-transaction basis.

If  the  initial  accounting  for  a  business  combination  is  incomplete  by  the  end  of  the  reporting  period  in  which  the 

combination  occurs,  the  Group  reports  provisional  amounts  for  the  items  for  which  the  accounting  is  incomplete. 

Those  provisional  amounts  are  adjusted  during  the  measurement  period  which  cannot  exceed  one  year  from 

the  acquisition  date,  or  additional  assets  or  liabilities  are  recognized,  to  reflect  new  information  obtained  about 

facts  and  circumstances  that  existed  as  of  the  acquisition  date  that,  if  known,  would  have  affected  the  amounts 

recognized as of that date.

Interests in subsidiaries

Investments  in  subsidiaries  recorded  at  the  Company  level  are  stated  at  cost  (including  deemed  capital 
contribution) less subsequent accumulated impairment losses, if any.

77

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont’d)

Revenue recognition

Revenue  is  measured  at  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  received  or  receivable  and  represents  amounts 

receivable for goods sold in the normal course of business, net of discounts and sales related taxes.

Revenue from the sale of goods is recognized when the goods are delivered and titles have passed, at which time 

all the following conditions are satisfied:

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

the	Group	has	transferred	to	the	buyer	the	significant	risks	and	rewards	of	ownership	of	the	goods;

the	Group	retains	neither	continuing	managerial	involvement	to	the	degree	usually	associated	with	ownership	

nor effective control over the goods sold;

the	amount	of	revenue	can	be	measured	reliably;

it	is	probable	that	the	economic	benefits	associated	with	the	transaction	will	flow	to	the	Group;	and

the	costs	incurred	or	to	be	incurred	in	respect	of	the	transaction	can	be	measured	reliably.

Interest  income  from  a  financial  asset  is  recognized  when  it  is  probable  that  the  economic  benefits  will  flow  to 

the  Group  and  the  amount  of  income  can  be  measured  reliably.  Interest  income  is  accrued  on  a  time  basis,  by 

reference  to  the  principal  outstanding  and  at  the  effective  interest  rate  applicable,  which  is  the  rate  that  exactly 

discounts  the  estimated  future  cash  receipts  through  the  expected  life  of  the  financial  asset  to  that  asset’s  net 

carrying amount on initial recognition.

Foreign currencies

In preparing the financial statements of each individual group entity, transactions in foreign currencies are initially 

recorded  in  the  entity’s  functional  currency  at  the  exchanges  prevailing  on  the  dates  of  the  transactions.  At  the 

end  of  the  reporting  period,  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign  currencies  are  retranslated  at 

the rates prevailing at that date.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.

All gains and losses on translation of these foreign currency transactions are included in profit or loss.

For  the  purposes  of  presenting  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  Group’s 

foreign  operations  are  translated  into  the  presentation  currency  of  the  Group  (i.e.  US$)  at  the  rate  of  exchange 

prevailing  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period,  and  their  income  and  expenses  are  translated  at  the  average 

exchange  rates  for  the  year.  Exchange  differences  arising,  if  any,  are  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income 

and accumulated in equity (the translation reserve).

Share-based payments

The  Company  grants  stock  options  to  directors  and  employees  to  acquire  common  shares  of  the  Company.  The 

Company grants such options for exercisable periods of up to six years, with vesting periods determined at its sole 

discretion  and  at  prices  equal  to  the  weighted  average  price  of  the  common  shares  for  the  five  days  immediately 
preceding the date the options were granted.

The  fair  value  of  the  options  are  measured  at  grant  date,  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model,  and 

is  recognized  over  the  vesting  period  that  the  employees  earn  the  options.  The  fair  value  is  recognized  as  an 

expense  over  its  vesting  periods  with  a  corresponding  increase  in  equity.  The  amount  recognized  as  expense  in 

each period is adjusted to reflect the number of share options expected to vest.

78

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont’d)

Borrowing costs

Borrowing  costs  directly  attributable  to  the  acquisition,  construction  or  production  of  qualifying  assets,  which  are 

assets  that  necessarily  take  a  substantial  period  of  time  to  get  ready  for  their  intended  use  or  sale,  are  added 

to  the  cost  of  those  assets  until  such  time  as  the  assets  are  substantially  ready  for  their  intended  use  or  sale. 

Investment  income  earned  on  the  temporary  investment  of  specific  borrowings  pending  their  expenditure  on 

qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalization.

All other borrowing costs are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred.

Taxation

Income tax expense represents the sum of the current tax charge and the movement in deferred tax.

The  tax  currently  payable  is  based  on  taxable  income  for  the  period.  Taxable  profit  differs  from  profit  as  reported 

in  the  consolidated  statement  of  profit  or  loss  and  other  comprehensive  income  because  it  excludes  items  of 

income  or  expense  that  are  taxable  or  deductible  in  other  years  and  it  further  excludes  items  that  are  never 

taxable  or  deductible.  The  Group’s  liability  for  current  tax  is  calculated  using  tax  rates  that  have  been  enacted  or 

substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

Deferred  tax  is  recognized  on  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amount  of  assets  and  liabilities  in  the 

consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  corresponding  tax  bases  used  in  the  computation  of  taxable  profit. 

Deferred  tax  liabilities  are  generally  recognized  for  all  taxable  temporary  differences.  Deferred  tax  assets  are 

generally  recognized  for  all  deductible  temporary  difference  to  the  extent  that  it  is  probable  that  taxable  profits 

will  be  available  against  which  those  deductible  temporary  differences  can  be  utilized.  Such  assets  and  liabilities 

are  not  recognized  if  the  temporary  differences  arise  from  goodwill  or  from  the  initial  recognition  (other  than  in 

a  business  combination)  of  other  assets  and  liabilities  in  a  transaction  that  affects  neither  the  taxable  profit  nor 

accounting profit.

Deferred  tax  liabilities  are  recognized  for  taxable  temporary  differences  associated  with  investment  in  subsidiaries 

and  associates,  except  where  the  Group  is  able  to  control  the  reversal  of  the  temporary  difference  and  it  is 

probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred  tax  assets  arising  from  deductible  temporary  differences  associated  with  such  investments  are  only 

recognized  to  the  extent  that  it  is  probable  that  there  will  be  sufficient  taxable  profits  against  which  to  utilize  the 

benefits of the temporary difference and they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.

The  carrying  amount  of  deferred  tax  assets  is  reviewed  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period  and  reduced  to  the 

extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to 

be recovered.

The  measurement  of  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  assets  reflects  the  tax  consequences  that  would  follow  from  the 

manner  in  which  the  Group  expects,  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period,  to  recover  or  settle  the  carrying  amount 

of  its  assets  and  liabilities.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  calculated  at  the  tax  rates  that  are  expected  to 

apply  in  the  period  when  the  liability  is  settled  or  the  asset  is  realized,  based  on  tax  rate  (and  tax  laws)  that  have 
been  enacted  or  substantially  enacted  by  the  end  of  the  reporting  period.  Current  and  deferred  tax  is  recognized 

in profit or loss, except when it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in 

which  case,  the  current  and  deferred  tax  are  also  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  or  directly  in  equity 

respectively.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority 

and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

79

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont’d)

Government grants

Government  grants  are  not  recognized  until  there  is  reasonable  assurance  that  the  Group  will  comply  with  the 

conditions attaching to them and that the grants will be received.

Government  grants  are  recognized  in  profit  or  loss  on  a  systematic  basis  over  the  periods  in  which  the  Group 

recognizes  as  expenses  the  related  costs  for  which  the  grants  are  intended  to  compensate.  Specifically, 

government  grants  whose  primary  condition  is  that  the  Group  should  purchase,  construct  or  otherwise  acquire 

non-current  assets  are  recognized  as  deferred  income  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  financial  position  and 

transferred to profit or loss over the useful lives of the related assets.

Government grants that are receivable as compensation for expenses or losses already incurred or for the purpose 

of  giving  immediate  financial  support  to  the  Group  with  no  future  related  costs  are  recognized  in  profit  or  loss  in 

the period in which they become receivable.

Retirement benefit costs

Payments  made  to  state-managed  retirement  benefit  scheme  are  charged  as  expenses  when  employees  have 

rendered service entitling them to the contributions.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at banks and on hand, and short-term deposits with an original maturity 

of three months or less, which are readily convertible into a known amount of cash.

Prepaid lease payments

Prepaid lease payments representing land use rights in the PRC are stated at cost and amortized on a straight-line 

basis  over  the  lease  terms.  Prepaid  lease  payments  which  are  to  be  amortized  in  the  next  twelve  months  or  less 

are classified as current assets.

Inventory

Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  net  realizable  value.  Cost  is  calculated  using  weighted  average 

method.  Net  realizable  value  is  the  estimated  selling  price  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  less  the  estimated 

costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

Gold  in  process  inventory  consists  of  gold  contained  in  the  ore  on  leach  pads  and  in-circuit  material  within 

processing operations. Gold dore bar is gold awaiting refinement and gold refined and ready for sale.

Gold in process inventory

Production  costs  are  capitalized  and  included  in  gold  in  process  inventory  based  on  the  current  mining  and 

processing cost incurred up to the point prior to the refining process including the cost of raw materials and direct 

labour;  mine-site  overhead  expenses;  stripping  costs;  and  allocated  indirect  costs,  including  depreciation  and 

depletion of mining interests.

80

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont’d)

Government grants (Cont’d)

Gold dore bars inventory

The  recovery  of  gold  from  ore  is  achieved  through  a  heap  leaching  process.  Under  this  method,  ore  is  placed  on 

leach pads where it is treated with a chemical solution which dissolves the gold contained in the ore. The resulting 

“pregnant”  solution  is  further  processed  in  a  plant  where  the  gold  is  recovered.  Costs  are  subsequently  recycled 

from  ore  on  leach  pads  as  ounces  of  gold  are  recovered  based  on  the  average  cost  per  recoverable  ounce  on  the 

leach pad. Estimates of recoverable gold on the leach pads are calculated from the quantities of ore placed on the 

leach  pads  (measured  in  tonnes  added  to  the  leach  pads),  the  grade  of  the  ore  placed  on  the  leach  pads  (based 

on assay data), and a recovery percentage (based on ore type).

Copper inventory is copper concentrate after metallurgical processing and ready for sales.

Consumables  used  in  operations,  such  as  fuel,  chemicals,  and  reagents  and  spare  parts  inventory  are  valued  at 

the lower of cost or net realizable value.

Property, plant and equipment

General

Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation,  depletion  and  impairment 

charges.

An  item  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  is  derecognized  upon  disposal  or  when  no  future  economic  benefits 

are  expected  to  arise  from  the  continued  use  of  the  asset.  Any  gain  or  loss  arising  on  the  disposal  or  retirement 

of  an  item  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  is  determined  as  the  difference  between  the  sales  proceeds  and  the 

carrying amount of the asset and is recognized in profit or loss.

Expenditures  incurred  to  replace  a  component  of  an  item  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  that  is  accounted 

for  separately,  including  major  inspection  and  overhaul  expenditures,  are  capitalized  and  the  carrying  amount  of 

the  component  being  replaced  is  derecognized.  Directly  attributable  costs  incurred  for  major  capital  projects  and 

site  preparation  are  capitalized  until  the  asset  is  brought  to  a  working  condition  for  its  intended  use.  These  costs 

include dismantling and site restoration costs to the extent these are recognized as a provision.

Management reviews the estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation methods of the Group’s property, 

plant and equipment at the end of each reporting period and when events and circumstances indicate that such a 

review  should  be  made.  Changes  to  estimated  useful  lives,  residual  values  or  depreciation  methods  resulting  from 

such review are accounted for prospectively.

All direct costs related to the acquisition of mineral assets are capitalized, at their cost at the date of acquisition.

81

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont’d)

Property, plant and equipment (Cont’d)

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

Drilling and related costs incurred on sites without an existing mine and on areas outside the boundary of a known 

mineral  deposit  which  contains  proven  and  probable  reserves  are  exploration  and  evaluation  expenditure  and  are 

expensed  as  incurred  up  to  the  date  on  which  costs  incurred  are  economically  recoverable.  Further  exploration 

and  evaluation  expenditures,  subsequent  to  the  establishment  of  economic  recoverability,  are  capitalized  and 

included in the carrying amount of the mineral assets.

Management evaluates the following criteria in its assessments of economic recoverability and probability of future 

economic benefit:

•	

Geology	 –	 whether	 or	 not	 there	 is	 sufficient	 geologic	 and	 economic	 certainty	 of	 being	 able	 to	 convert	 a	

residual  mineral  deposit  into  a  proven  and  probable  reserve  at  a  development  stage  or  production  stage 

mine,  based  on  the  known  geology  and  metallurgy.  A  history  of  conversion  of  resources  to  reserves  at 

operating mines to support the likelihood of conversion.

•	

Scoping	 –	 there	 is	 a	 scoping	 study	 or	 preliminary	 feasibility	 study	 that	 demonstrates	 the	 additional	 resources	

will  generate  a  positive  commercial  outcome.  Known  metallurgy  provides  a  basis  for  concluding  there  is  a 

significant likelihood of being able to recoup the incremental costs of extraction and production.

•	

Accessible	 facilities	 –	 mining	 property	 can	 be	 processed	 economically	 at	 accessible	 mining	 and	 processing	

facilities where applicable.

•	

Life	 of	 mine	 plans	 –	 an	 overall	 life	 of	 mine	 plan	 and	 economic	 model	 to	 support	 the	 mine	 and	 the	 economic	

extraction  of  resources/reserves  exists.  A  long-term  life  of  mine  plan,  and  supporting  geological  model 

identifies the drilling and related development work required to expand or further define the existing orebody.

•	

Authorizations	–	operating	permits	and	feasible	environmental	programs	exist	or	are	obtainable.

Therefore  prior  to  capitalizing  exploration  drilling  and  related  costs,  Management  determines  that  the  following 

conditions have been met that will contribute to future cash flows:

•	

•	

•	

•	

There	is	a	probable	future	benefit	that	will	contribute	to	future	cash	inflows;

The	Group	can	obtain	the	benefit	and	controls	access	to	it;

The	transaction	or	event	giving	rise	to	the	future	benefit	has	already	occurred;	and

Costs	incurred	can	be	measured	reliably.

Development expenditure

Drilling  and  related  costs  incurred  to  define  and  delineate  a  mineral  deposit  are  capitalized  as  part  of  mineral 

assets in the period incurred, when management determines that there is sufficient evidence that the expenditure 

will result in a probable future economic benefit to the Group.

82

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont’d)

Property, plant and equipment (Cont’d)

Production expenditure

Capitalization  of  costs  incurred  ceases  when  the  related  mining  property  has  reached  the  condition  necessary 

for  it  to  be  capable  of  operating  in  the  manner  intended  by  management,  therefore,  such  costs  incurred  are 

capitalized  as  part  of  the  mineral  assets  and  the  proceeds  from  sales  prior  to  commissioning  are  offset  against 

costs capitalized.

Mine  development  costs  incurred  to  maintain  current  production  are  included  in  profit  or  loss.  For  those  areas 

being  developed  which  will  be  mined  in  future  periods,  the  costs  incurred  are  capitalized  and  depleted  when  the 

related mining area is mined.

Depreciation

Mineral  assets  are  depreciated  using  the  unit-of-production  method  based  on  the  estimated  total  recoverable 

ounces  contained  in  proven  and  probable  reserves  at  the  related  mine  when  the  production  level  intended  by 

management has been reached.

Management  reviews  the  estimated  total  recoverable  ounces  contained  in  proven  and  probable  reserves  at  the 

end  of  each  reporting  period  and  when  events  and  circumstances  indicate  that  such  a  review  should  be  made. 

Changes  to  estimated  total  recoverable  ounces  contained  in  proven  and  probable  reserves  are  accounted  for 

prospectively.

Assets under construction are not depreciated until they are substantially complete and available for their intended 

use.

Leasehold  improvements  are  depreciated  over  the  shorter  of  the  lease  term  and  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the 

assets.

Mining rights

Mining  rights  are  depreciated  using  the  unit-of-production  method  based  on  the  estimated  total  recoverable 

ounces contained in proven and probable reserves at the related mine.

Mining rights acquired in a business combination

Mining  rights  acquired  in  a  business  combination  are  recognized  separately  from  goodwill  and  are  initially 

recognized at their fair value at the acquisition date (which is regarded as their cost).

Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  mining  rights  with  finite  useful  lives  are  carried  at  costs  less  accumulated 

amortization  and  any  accumulated  impairment  losses.  Amortization  is  provided  using  the  unit  of  production 

method  based  on  the  actual  production  volume  over  the  estimated  total  proven  and  probable  reserves  of  the  ore 

mines.

83

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont’d)

Mining rights (Cont’d)

Impairment of tangible assets and mining rights

At  the  end  of  the  reporting  period,  the  Group  reviews  the  carrying  amounts  of  its  tangible  assets  and  mining 

rights  to  determine  whether  there  is  any  indication  that  those  assets  have  suffered  an  impairment  loss.  If  any 

such  indication  exists,  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  asset  is  estimated  in  order  to  determine  the  extent  of 

the  impairment  loss,  if  any.  When  it  is  not  possible  to  estimate  the  recoverable  amount  of  an  individual  asset, 

the  Group  estimates  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  cash-generating  unit  to  which  the  asset  belongs.  Where  a 

reasonable  and  consistent  basis  of  allocation  can  be  identified,  corporate  assets  are  also  allocated  to  individual 

cash-generating  units,  or  otherwise  they  are  allocated  to  the  smallest  group  of  cash-generating  units  for  which  a 

reasonable and consistent allocation basis can be identified.

Recoverable  amount  is  the  higher  of  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  and  value  in  use.  In  assessing  value  in  use,  the 

estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current 

market  assessments  of  the  time  value  of  money  and  the  risks  specific  to  the  asset  for  which  the  estimates  of 

future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or a cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, 

the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  (or  a  cash-generating  unit)  is  reduced  to  its  recoverable  amount.  An  impairment 

loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

Where  an  impairment  loss  subsequently  reverses,  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  is  increased  to  the  revised 

estimate  of  its  recoverable  amount,  but  so  that  the  increased  carrying  amount  does  not  exceed  the  carrying 

amount  that  would  have  been  determined  had  no  impairment  loss  been  recognized  for  the  asset  (or  a  cash-

generating unit) in prior years.

Financial instruments

The Group’s financial assets and liabilities are recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position when 

a  group  entity  becomes  a  party  to  the  contractual  provisions  of  the  instrument.  Financial  assets  and  financial 

liabilities  are  initially  measured  at  fair  value.  Transaction  costs  that  are  directly  attributable  to  the  acquisition  or 

issue of financial assets and liabilities (other than financial assets) are added to or deducted from the fair value of 

financial assets or financial liabilities, as appropriate, on initial recognition.

Financial assets

The Group’s financial assets are classified as available-for-sale (“AFS”) financial assets and loans and receivables. 

The  classification  depends  on  the  nature  and  purpose  of  the  financial  assets  and  is  determined  at  the  time  of 

initial recognition.

Effective interest method

The  effective  interest  method  calculates  the  amortized  cost  of  a  financial  asset  and  allocates  interest  income  over 

the  corresponding  period.  The  effective  interest  rate  is  the  rate  that  discounts  estimated  future  cash  receipts  over 

the expected life of the financial asset, or, where appropriate, a shorter period to the net carrying amount on initial 

recognition.

Interest income is recognized on an effective interest basis for debt instruments.

84

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont’d)

Financial assets (Cont’d)

Loans and receivables

Loans  and  receivables  are  non-derivative  financial  assets  with  fixed  or  determinable  payments  that  are  not 

quoted  in  an  active  market.  They  are  included  in  current  assets,  except  for  those  with  maturities  greater  than 

twelve  months  or  those  that  are  expected  to  be  settled  after  twelve  months  from  the  end  of  the  reporting  period, 

which  are  classified  as  non-current  assets.  Assets  in  this  category  include  “accounts  receivable”,  “entrusted  loan 

receivable”,  “cash  and  cash  equivalents”,  “amounts  due  from  related  companies”  and  “amount  due  from  a  non-

controlling shareholder” (included in other receivables).

Loans  and  receivables  are  initially  recognized  at  fair  value  plus  transaction  costs  and  subsequently  carried  at 

amortized  cost  using  the  effective  interest  method,  except  for  short-term  receivables  when  the  recognition  of 

interest would be immaterial.

Available-for-sale financial assets

AFS  financial  assets  are  non-derivatives  that  are  either  designated  as  available-for-sale  or  are  not  classified  as 

(a)  loans  and  receivables,  (b)  held-to-maturity  investments  or  (c)  financial  assets  at  fair  value  through  profit  or 

loss.  Equity  securities  held  by  the  Group  that  are  classified  as  AFS  financial  assets  and  are  traded  in  an  active 

market  are  measured  at  fair  value  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period.  Dividends  on  AFS  equity  investments 

are  recognised  in  profit  or  loss.  Other  changes  in  the  carrying  amount  of  AFS  financial  assets  are  recognised  in 

other  comprehensive  income  and  accumulated  under  the  heading  of  investments  revaluation  reserve.  When  the 

investment  is  disposed  of  or  is  determined  to  be  impaired,  the  cumulative  gain  or  loss  previously  accumulated 

in  the  investments  revaluation  reserve  is  reclassified  to  profit  or  loss  (see  the  accounting  policy  in  respect  of 

impairment loss on financial assets below).

Dividends  on  AFS  equity  instruments  are  recognised  in  profit  or  loss  when  the  Group’s  right  to  receive  the 

dividends is established.

AFS  equity  investments  that  do  not  have  a  quoted  market  price  in  an  active  market  and  whose  fair  value  cannot 

be  reliably  measured  and  derivatives  that  are  linked  to  and  must  be  settled  by  delivery  of  such  unquoted  equity 

investments  are  measured  at  cost  less  any  identified  impairment  losses  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period  (see 

the accounting policy in respect of impairment loss on financial assets below).

85

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont’d)

Financial assets (Cont’d)

Impairment of financial assets

Financial  assets  are  assessed  for  indicators  of  impairment  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period.  Financial  assets  are 

impaired  when  there  is  objective  evidence  that,  as  a  result  of  one  or  more  events  that  occurred  after  the  initial 

recognition of the financial asset, the estimated future cash flows of the investment have been affected.

For  AFS  equity  investments,  a  significant  or  prolonged  decline  in  the  fair  value  of  the  security  below  its  cost  is 

considered to be objective evidence of impairment.

For loans and receivables, objective evidence of impairment could include the following:

•	

•	

•	

Significant	financial	difficulty	of	the	issuer	or	counterparty;

Default	or	delinquency	in	interest	or	principal	payments;

It	has	become	probable	that	the	borrower	will	enter	bankruptcy	or	financial	reorganization.

Trade  receivables  (included  in  accounts  receivable)  assessed  not  to  be  impaired  individually  are  subsequently 

assessed for impairment on a collective basis. Objective evidence of impairment for a portfolio of receivables could 

include the Group’s past experience of collecting payments, an increase in the number of delayed payments in the 

portfolio  past  the  average  credit  period  of  180  days,  observable  changes  in  national  or  local  economic  conditions 

that correlate with default on receivables.

For  financial  assets  carried  at  amortized  cost,  the  amount  of  the  impairment  is  the  difference  between  the  asset’s 

carrying  amount  and  the  present  value  of  the  estimated  future  cash  flows,  discounted  at  the  financial  asset’s 

original effective interest rate.

Any  impairment  on  financial  assets  that  are  measured  at  amortised  costs,  excluding  trade  receivables,  is 

deducted  directly  to  their  carrying  amounts.  Any  impairment  on  trade  receivables  is  reduced  through  the  use  of 

an  allowance  account.  When  a  trade  receivable  is  considered  uncollectible,  it  is  written  off  against  the  allowance 

account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to profit or loss.

For  financial  assets  measured  at  amortized  cost,  if,  in  a  subsequent  period,  the  amount  of  the  impairment  loss 

decreases  and  the  decrease  can  be  related  objectively  to  an  event  occurring  after  the  impairment  losses  were 

recognized,  the  previously  recognized  impairment  loss  is  reversed  through  profit  or  loss  to  the  extent  that  the 

carrying  amount  of  the  asset  at  the  date  the  impairment  is  reversed  does  not  exceed  what  the  amortized  cost 

would have been had the impairment not been recognized.

For  an  available-for-sale  equity  investment,  a  significant  or  prolonged  decline  in  the  fair  value  of  that  investment 

below its cost is considered to be objective evidence of impairment.

When  an  available-for-sale  financial  asset  is  considered  to  be  impaired,  cumulative  gains  or  losses  previously 

recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  are  reclassified  to  profit  or  loss  in  the  period  in  which  the  impairment 

takes place.

Impairment  losses  on  available-for-sale  equity  investments  will  not  be  reversed  through  profit  or  loss.  Any 

increase  in  fair  value  subsequent  to  impairment  loss  is  recognized  directly  in  other  comprehensive  income  and 

accumulated in investment revaluation reserve.

86

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont’d)

Financial assets (Cont’d)

Derecognition of financial assets

Financial  assets  are  derecognized  when  the  rights  to  receive  cash  flows  from  the  assets  expire  or  the  financial 

assets  are  transferred  and  the  Group  has  transferred  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  of  the 

financial  assets.  On  derecognition  of  a  financial  asset  in  its  entirety,  the  difference  between  the  asset’s  carrying 

amount and the sum of the consideration received and receivable.

Financial liabilities and equity instruments

Debt  and  equity  instruments  are  classified  as  either  financial  liabilities  or  as  equity  in  accordance  with  the 

substance of the contractual arrangement.

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all 

of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the group entities are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct 

issue costs. Equity instruments issued in a business combination are recorded at their fair value at the acquisition 

date.

Effective interest method

The  effective  interest  method  is  a  method  of  calculating  the  amortized  cost  of  a  financial  liability  and  of  allocating 

interest  expenses  over  the  corresponding  period.  The  effective  interest  rate  is  the  rate  that  exactly  discounts 

estimated  future  cash  payments  over  the  expected  life  of  the  financial  liability,  or,  where  appropriate,  a  shorter 

period.

Financial liabilities

Financial  liabilities,  including  borrowings  and  accounts  payable  and  accrued  expenses  excluding  advance  from 

customers,  tax  payables  other  than  income  tax  payables  and  accruals,  are  initially  measured  at  fair  value,  net 

of  transaction  costs,  and  are  subsequently  measured  at  amortized  cost  using  the  effective  interest  method,  with 

interest expense recognized on an effective yield basis.

Derecognition of financial liabilities

For  financial  liabilities,  they  are  derecognized  when  the  obligation  specified  in  the  relevant  contract  is  discharged, 

cancelled  or  expires.  The  difference  between  the  carrying  amount  of  the  financial  liability  derecognized  and  the 

consideration paid and payable is recognized in profit or loss.

Environmental rehabilitation

An  obligation  to  incur  restoration,  rehabilitation  and  environmental  costs  arises  when  environmental  disturbance 

is  caused  by  the  development  or  ongoing  production  of  a  mining  property.  Such  costs  arising  from  the 

decommissioning  of  plant  and  other  site  preparation  work,  discounted  to  their  net  present  value,  are  provided  for 

and  capitalized  as  part  of  the  related  property,  plant  and  equipment  at  the  start  of  each  project,  as  soon  as  the 

obligation  to  incur  such  costs  arises.  These  costs  are  recognized  in  profit  or  loss  over  the  life  of  the  operation, 

through depreciation of the asset. Costs for restoration of subsequent site damage which is created on an ongoing 

basis  during  production  are  provided  for  at  their  net  present  values  and  recognized  in  profit  or  loss  as  extraction 
progresses.

87

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont’d)

Environmental rehabilitation (Cont’d)

Changes  in  the  measurement  of  a  liability  relating  to  the  decommissioning  of  plant  or  other  site  preparation  work 

that  result  from  changes  in  the  estimated  timing  or  amount  of  the  cash  flow,  including  the  effects  of  inflation 

and  movements  in  foreign  exchange  rates,  revisions  to  estimated  reserves,  resources  and  lives  of  operations, 

or  a  change  in  the  discount  rate,  are  added  to,  or  deducted  from,  the  cost  of  the  related  asset  in  the  period  it 

occurred.  The  periodic  unwinding  of  discount  is  recognised  in  profit  or  loss  as  a  finance  cost  as  it  occurs.  If  a 

decrease in the liability exceeds the carrying amount of the asset, the excess is recognized immediately in profit or 

loss. If the asset value is increased and there is an indication that the revised carrying value is not recoverable, an 

impairment test is performed in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy.

Leases

Leases  are  classified  as  finance  lease  whenever  the  terms  of  the  lease  transfer  substantially  all  the  risks  and 
rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating lease.

Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

In  the  event  that  lease  incentives  are  received  to  enter  into  operating  leases,  such  incentives  are  recognized  as  a 

liability. The aggregate benefit of incentives is recognized as a reduction of rental expense on a straight-line basis.

Leasehold land and building

When  a  lease  includes  both  land  and  building  elements,  the  Group  assesses  the  classification  of  each  element 

as  a  finance  or  an  operating  lease  separately  based  on  the  assessment  as  to  whether  substantially  all  the  risks 

and  rewards  incidental  to  ownership  of  each  element  have  been  transferred  to  the  Group  unless  it  is  clear  that 

both  elements  are  operating  leases  in  which  case  the  entire  lease  is  classified  as  an  operating  lease.  Specifically, 

the  minimum  lease  payments  (including  any  lump-sum  upfront  payments)  are  allocated  between  the  land  and 

the  building  elements  in  proportion  to  the  relative  fair  values  of  the  leasehold  interests  in  the  land  element  and 

building element of the lease at the inception of the lease.

To  the  extent  the  allocation  of  the  lease  payments  can  be  made  reliably,  interest  in  leasehold  land  that  is 

accounted  for  as  an  operating  lease  is  presented  as  “prepaid  lease  payments”  in  the  consolidated  statement  of 

financial position and is amortized over the lease term on a straight-line basis.

88

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS4.  KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY

In  the  process  of  applying  the  Group’s  accounting  policies,  which  are  described  in  Note  3,  the  Group  has 

identified  the  following  key  sources  of  estimation  uncertainty  that  have  significant  effect  on  the  amounts 

recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

The  key  assumptions  concerning  the  future,  and  other  key  sources  of  estimation  uncertainty  at  the  end  of  each 

reporting  period,  that  have  a  significant  risk  of  causing  a  material  adjustment  to  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets 

and liabilities within the next twelve months, are discussed below.

(a) 

Inventories

The  Group  records  the  cost  of  gold  mining  ore  placed  on  its  leach  pads  and  in  process  at  its  mine  as 

gold  in  process  inventory,  and  values  gold  in  process  inventory  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  estimated  net 

realizable  value.  The  assumptions  used  in  the  valuation  of  gold  in  process  inventories  include  estimates 

of  gold  contained  in  the  ore  placed  on  leach  pads,  assumptions  of  the  amount  of  gold  that  is  expected 

to  be  recovered  from  the  ore  placed  on  leach  pads,  and  the  amount  of  gold  in  the  process  plant  and  an 

assumption  of  the  gold  price  expected  to  be  realized  when  the  gold  is  recovered.  If  these  estimates  or 

assumptions  prove  inaccurate,  the  Group  could  be  required  to  write  down  the  recorded  value  of  its  gold  in 

process inventories.

Although the quantities of recoverable gold placed on the leach pad are reconciled by comparing the grades 

of  ore  placed  on  the  leach  pad  to  the  quantities  actually  recovered,  the  nature  of  the  leaching  process 

inherently  limits  the  ability  to  precisely  monitor  inventory  levels.  The  actual  recovery  of  gold  from  the  leach 

pad is not known until the leaching process has concluded at the end of the mine life.

The  management  of  the  Group  (the  “Management”)  periodically  reassesses  the  assumptions  used  in  the 

valuation  of  gold  in  process  and  the  costing  of  production  of  gold  dore  bars,  particularly  the  assumptions 

of  the  amount  of  gold  that  is  expected  to  be  recovered  from  the  ore  placed  on  leach  pads  (the  “Estimated 

Recovery  Rate”).  As  a  result  of  such  reassessments,  an  increase/decrease  in  the  Estimated  Recovery  Rate 

led to a decrease/increase in the average production cost of gold dore bars.

The  carrying  amount  of  gold  in  process  and  gold  dore  bars  as  at  December  31,  2013  is  disclosed  in  Note 

18.

(b)  Mineral assets

The  Group’s  mineral  assets  included  in  property,  plant  and  equipment  is  depreciated  and  amortized  on 

either  a  unit-of-production  basis  or  straight-line  method  over  their  estimated  useful  lives.  Under  the  unit-

of-production  method,  the  calculation  of  depreciation  of  mineral  assets  is  based  on  the  amount  of  reserves 

expected  to  be  recovered  from  the  mine,  as  included  in  the  technical  report  prepared  by  an  independent 

valuer and the assumption that the Group is able to be renew the mining rights without significant cost until 

the  end  of  the  mine’s  life.  If  these  estimates  of  reserves  prove  to  be  inaccurate,  or  if  the  Group  revises  its 

mining  plan,  due  to  reductions  in  the  metal  price  forecasts  or  otherwise,  to  reduce  the  amount  of  reserves 

expected  to  be  recovered,  the  Group  could  be  required  to  write  down  the  recorded  value  of  its  property, 

plant and equipment, or to increase the amount of future depreciation and depletion expense.

The  Group  believes  that  it  is  able  to  renew  the  mining  rights  without  significant  cost  until  the  end  of  the  life 

of  the  mine.  If  the  renewal  of  mining  rights  is  unsuccessful,  the  Group  could  be  required  to  write  down  the 

recorded value of its property, plant and equipment.

The carrying amount of mineral assets as at December 31, 2013 is disclosed in Note 20.

89

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS4.  KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY (Cont’d)

(c)  Mining rights

The  Group’s  mining  rights  in  the  Jiama  polymetallic  mineral  property  (“Jiama  Mine”),  are  amortized  on  a 

unit-of-production  basis.  Under  the  unit-of-production  method,  the  calculation  of  amortization  of  mining 

rights  is  based  on  the  amount  of  reserves  expected  to  be  recovered  from  the  Jiama  Mine  as  included  in 

the  technical  report  prepared  by  an  independent  valuer  and  the  assumption  is  that  the  mining  rights  are 

renewable by the Group without significant cost until the end of the mine’s life. If these estimates of reserves 

prove  to  be  inaccurate,  or  if  the  Group  revises  its  mining  plan,  due  to  reductions  in  the  future  prices  of 

copper, lead and silver, or otherwise, to reduce the amount of reserves expected to be recovered, the Group 

could  be  required  to  write  down  the  recorded  value  of  its  mining  rights,  or  to  increase  the  amount  of  future 

amortization expense.

The  Group  believes  that  it  is  able  to  renew  the  mining  rights  without  significant  cost  until  the  end  of  the  life 

of  the  mine.  If  the  renewal  of  mining  rights  is  unsuccessful,  the  Group  could  be  required  to  write  down  the 

recorded value of its mining rights.

The carrying amount of mining rights as at December 31, 2013 is disclosed in Note 21.

(d)  Environmental rehabilitation

Environmental  rehabilitation  costs  have  been  estimated  based  on  the  Group’s  interpretation  of  current 

regulatory  requirements  and  have  been  measured  at  the  net  present  value  of  expected  future  cash 

expenditure  upon  reclamation  and  closure.  Environmental  rehabilitation  costs  are  capitalized  as  mineral 

assets  costs  and  depreciated  under  unit-of-production  method  as  disclosed  above.  Because  the  fair  value 

measurement  requires  the  input  of  subjective  assumptions,  including  the  environmental  rehabilitation  costs, 

changes in subjective input assumptions can materially affect the estimate of the obligation.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  estimated  environmental  rehabilitation  costs  were  increased 

by  US$21,700,000  due  to  phase  two  expansion  in  both  Jiama  and  CSH  mine  sites  (2012:  increase  of 

US$3,003,000).

The carrying amount of environmental rehabilitation costs as at December 31, 2013 is disclosed in Note 25.

5.  GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

Administration and office

Professional fees
Salaries and benefits  (1)
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Others

2013

US$’000

8,641

4,041

10,259

1,301

1,461

2012

US$’000

11,500

3,181

6,836

1,070

2,462

Total general and administrative expenses

25,703

25,049

(1) 

Share-based compensation (a non-cash item) of approximately US$42,000 has been included in salaries and benefits for the year 

ended December 31, 2013 (2012: US$99,000).

90

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
6.  EXPLORATION AND EVALUATION EXPENDITURE

CSH Gold Mine (Note 20(a))

Generative exploration

Total exploration and evaluation expenditure

7. 

FINANCE COSTS

Effective interests on borrowings:

  – wholly repayable within 5 years

  – Accretion on environmental rehabilitation (Note 25)

2013

US$’000

2012

US$’000

243

4

247

370

20

390

2013

US$’000

2012

US$’000

15,995

763

11,885

664

16,758

12,549

Less: Amounts capitalised to property, plant and equipment

(6,104)

–

Total finance costs

10,654

12,549

Interest has been capitalised at the rate of interest applicable to the specific borrowings financing the assets under 

construction,  or,  where  financed  through  general  borrowings,  at  a  capitalisation  rate  representing  the  average 

interest rate on such borrowings.

Capitalisation rate

8. 

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

2013

%

4.32

2012

%

n/a

The  Company  was  incorporated  in  Canada  and  is  subject  to  Canadian  federal  and  provincial  tax  requirements 

which are calculated at 25.75% (2012: 25%) of the estimated assessable profit for the year ended December 31, 

2013.  Since  its  incorporation,  the  Company  had  no  assessable  profit  subject  to  Canadian  federal  and  provincial 

tax requirements.

PRC  Enterprise  Income  Tax  (“EIT”)  is  calculated  at  the  prevailing  tax  rate  of  25%  on  the  estimated  taxable  profit 

of the group entities located in the PRC for the years ended December 31, 2013 (2012: 25%) except as described 

below.

Tibet Huatailong Mining Development Co. Ltd. (“Huatailong”) and Metrorkongka County Jiama Industry and Trade 

Co.  (“Jiama  Industry  and  Trade”),  subsidiaries  acquired  in  December  2010,  were  established  in  the  westward 

development area of the PRC and subject to preferential tax rate of 15% of taxable profit.

91

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8. 

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (Cont’d)

Under relevant PRC Tax Law, withholding tax is imposed on dividends declared in respect of profits earned by the 

PRC  subsidiaries  from  January  1,  2008  onwards.  Deferred  taxation  has  not  been  provided  for  in  the  consolidated 

financial  statements  in  respect  of  temporary  differences  attributable  to  accumulated  distributable  profits  of  the 

PRC  subsidiaries  amounting  to  approximately  US$272,754,000  and  US$212,032,000  at  December  31,  2013  and 

2012,  respectively,  as  the  Company  is  able  to  control  the  timing  of  the  reversal  of  temporary  differences  and  it  is 

probable the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Taxation  for  other  relevant  jurisdictions  is  calculated  at  the  rates  prevailing  in  each  of  those  jurisdictions 

respectively.

Tax expense comprises:

Current tax expense – PRC EIT

Deferred tax expense

2013

US$’000

27,738

(11,373)

2012

US$’000

34,701

(8,538)

16,365

26,163

Per  the  consolidated  statement  of  profit  or  loss  and  other  comprehensive  income,  the  tax  expense  for  the  Group 

can be reconciled to the profit before income tax for the year as follows:

Profit before income tax

PRC EIT tax rates

2013

US$’000

2012

US$’000

73,547

99,677

25%

25%

Tax at the PRC EIT tax rates

18,387

24,919

Tax effect of different tax rates of subsidiaries operating in 

  other jurisdictions

Tax effect of concessionary tax rate

Tax effect of tax losses not recognized

Tax effect of non-deductible expenses

Utilisation of deductible temporary differences previously not recognised

Tax effect of non-taxable income

Others

(37)

(2,066)

1,929

1,769

(3,617)

–

–

–

(564)

415

1,331

–

–

62

16,365

26,163

92

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8. 

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (Cont’d)

The  following  are  the  major  deferred  tax  (assets)  liabilities  recognized  and  movements  thereon  during  the  current 

and prior years:

Property, Plant 
and equipment
US$’000

Environmental 
rehabilitation Mining Rights (1)
US$’000

US$’000

Inventory
US$’000

Prepaid lease 
payment
US$’000

At January 1, 2012
Charge (credit) to profit or loss

At December 31, 2012
Charge (credit) to profit or loss

(9,125)
717

(8,408)
123

(841)
(609)

(1,450)
(3,947)

137,403
(2,047)

135,356
(4,698)

5,608
(7,033)

(1,425)
(2,881)

At December 31, 2013

(8,285)

(5,397)

130,658

(4,306)

101
(2)

99
(99)

–

Others
US$’000

(1,049)
436

(613)
129

Total
US$’000

132,097
(8,538)

123,559
(11,373)

(484)

112,186

(1) 

Amount  represents  deferred  tax  liability  arising  from  the  fair  value  adjustment  on  mining  rights  during  the  business  acquisition  of 

Skyland in December 2010.

For  the  purpose  of  presentation  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  financial  position,  certain  deferred  tax  assets 

and  liabilities  have  been  offset.  The  following  is  the  analysis  of  the  deferred  tax  balances  for  financial  reporting 

purposes:

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

The Group’s unrecognized deferred income tax assets are as follows:

Deferred income tax assets
  Tax loss carry forwards
  Other deductible temporary differences

2013
US$’000

14,501
(126,687)

2012
US$’000

7,100
(130,659)

(112,186)

(123,559)

2013
US$’000

14,351
283

2012
US$’000

12,422
872

Total unrecognized deferred income tax assets

14,634

13,294

No deferred tax asset has been recognized in respect of unused tax loss of US$14,351,000 (December 31, 2012: 

US$12,422,000)  due  to  the  unpredictability  of  future  profit  streams.  Under  Canadian  tax  laws,  unused  tax  loss 

arising  in  a  tax  year  ended  between  March  22,  2004  and  December  31,  2005  can  be  carried  forward  for  10 
years  while  the  unused  tax  loss  can  be  carried  forward  for  20  years  if  the  loss  is  arising  in  tax  years  ended  after 

December 31, 2005.

Other  deductible  temporary  differences  primarily  comprise  of  share  issue  costs  and  cumulative  eligible  capital 

expenditures  that  were  incurred  by  the  Company  which  are  tax  deductible  according  to  the  relevant  tax  law  in 

Canada.  No  deferred  tax  asset  has  been  recognized  because  the  amount  of  future  taxable  profit  that  will  be 

available to realize such assets is unpredictable and not probable.

93

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9.  PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

Auditor’s remuneration

Depreciation included in cost of sales and inventory

Depreciation included in administrative expenses (Note 5)

Total depreciation

2013

US$’000

2012

US$’000

714

714

32,544

1,301

23,850

1,070

33,845

24,920

Release of prepaid lease payment (included in cost of sales)

195

168

Amortization of mining rights (included in cost of sales)

6,077

14,252

Loss (gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Staff costs

  Directors’ and chief executive’s emoluments (Note 10)

  Retirement benefit contributions

  Staff salaries and benefits

Total salaries and benefits included in administrative expenses (Note 5)

Staff salaries and benefits

Total salaries and benefits capitalised in construction in progress

Staff costs included in cost of sales and inventory

Total staff costs

Operating lease payment

Bank interest income

Government subsidies  (1)

324

505

1,127

8,627

10,259

2,800

2,800

12,170

(6)

496

647

5,693

6,836

–

–

12,644

25,229

19,480

1,376

1,361

(1,688)

(5,830)

(5,074)

(5,064)

(1) 

Government  subsidies  of  US$3,604,000  (2012:  US$4,919,000)  have  been  received  from  the  local  Finance  Bureau  of  Tibet  in  the 

current year as a reward for the Group’s contribution to community development and environmental preservation in the local Tibet 

region. There is no condition attached to the subsidies and the entire amount is recognized as other income in 2013.

94

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.  DIRECTORS’, CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S AND EMPLOYEES’ EMOLUMENTS

(a)  Directors’ and Chief Executive’s emoluments

The emoluments paid or payable to each of the nine (2012: nine) directors and the Chief Executive were as 

follows:

For the year ended December 31, 2013

Directors
Zhaoxue Sun*

Xin Song*

Bing Liu

Xiangdong Jiang

Zhanming Wu*

Yunfei Chen

Ian He

Gregory Hall

John King Burns

Retirement 

Salaries and 

benefit 

Share-based 

Fees

other benefits

contributions

compensation

US$’000

US$’000

US$’000

US$’000

Total

US$’000

–

–

–

–

–

35

40

35

34

–

–

–

181

134

–

–

–

–

144

315

–

–

–

2

–

–

2

–

–

4

–

–

–

–

–

10

10

11

11

42

–

–

–

183

134

45

52

46

45

505

For the year ended December 31, 2012

Retirement 

Salaries and 

benefit 

Stock-based 

Fees

other benefits

contributions

compensation

US$’000

US$’000

US$’000

US$’000

Total

US$’000

Directors
Zhaoxue Sun*

Xin Song*

Bing Liu

Xiangdong Jiang

Zhanming Wu*

Yunfei Chen

Ian He

Gregory Hall

John King Burns

* 

Executive director

–

–

–

–

–

12

18

12

12

54

–

–

–

234

104

–

–

–

–

338

–

–

–

2

–

–

2

–

–

4

–

–

–

3

–

24

25

24

24

100

–

–

–

239

104

36

45

36

36

496

95

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.  DIRECTORS’, CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S AND EMPLOYEES’ EMOLUMENTS (Cont’d)

(a)  Directors’ and Chief Executive’s emoluments (Cont’d)

Mr.  Xin  Song  is  a  director  and  Chief  Executive  of  the  Company.  The  emoluments  disclosed  above  are 

inclusive of services rendered by him as the Chief Executive.

For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012,  none  of  the  directors  of  the  Company  have  waived  or 

agreed to waive any emoluments.

(b)  Employees’ emoluments

The  five  highest  paid  individuals  included  one  (2012:  one)  director  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013. 

The  emoluments  of  the  remaining  four  (2012:  four)  individuals  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  are 

as follows:

Employees

  Salaries and other benefits

  Retirement benefit contributions

Their emoluments were within the following bands:

HK$1,000,001 to HK$1,500,000 (equivalent to 

  approximately US$128,001 to US$193,000)

2013
US$’000

2012
US$’000

654

4

658

No. of individuals

2013

4

688

5

693

2012

4

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012,  no  emoluments  were  paid  by  the  Group  to  the 

directors  of  the  Company  or  the  five  highest  paid  individuals  as  an  inducement  to  join  or  upon  joining  the 

Group or as compensation for loss of office.

11.  DIVIDEND

No  dividends  were  paid  or  proposed  during  2013  and  2012,  nor  has  any  dividend  been  proposed  since  the  end 

of reporting period.

96

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
12.  EARNINGS PER SHARE

Earnings used in determining earnings per share are presented below:

2013

US$’000

2012

US$’000

Profits attributable to owners of the Company for the purposes of basic 

and diluted earnings per share

55,032

70,938

Weighted average number of shares, basic

396,384,055

396,257,575

Dilutive securities

  – Stock options

16,450

80,044

Weighted average number of shares, diluted

396,400,505

396,337,619

Basic earnings per share

13.88 cents

17.90 cents

Diluted earnings per share

13.88 cents

17.90 cents

13.  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  of  the  Group  are  comprised  of  bank  balances  and  bank  deposits  with  an  original 

maturity of three months or less. The Group’s bank balances and cash equivalents are denominated in the foreign 

currencies other than the respective group entities’ functional currencies are presented below:

Denominated in:

  Canadian dollars (“CAD”)

  Renminbi (“RMB”)

  US$
  Hong Kong dollars (“HK$”)

2013

US$’000

2012

US$’000

3,008

43,072

20
273

342

97,121

20
245

Total cash and cash equivalents

46,373

97,728

The bank balances and bank deposits carry interest rates ranging from 0.35% to 3.5% (2012: 0.5% to 3.5%) per 

annum for the year ended December 31, 2013.

97

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14.  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

The Group’s accounts receivable arise from the following sources: trade receivables and amounts due from related 

companies. These are broken down as follows:

Trade receivables

Less: allowance for doubtful debts

Amounts due from related companies (Note 27(a))(1)
Other receivables(2)

Total accounts receivable and other receivables

2013

US$’000

2012

US$’000

740

(145)

595

3,354

5,765

9,714

1,234

(50)

1,184

1,354

842

3,380

(1) 

The  outstanding  balances  represent  service  fee  receivables  arising  from  provision  of  transportation  services  to  the  subsidiaries  of 

CNG  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  and  December  31,  2012.  The  amount  is  unsecured,  interest  free  and  repayable 

on demand.

(2) 

Included  in  the  balance  is  approximately  US$5,209,000  (2012:  nil)  PRC  value-added-tax  recoverable.  The  remaining  balance 

mainly represents employee cash and travel advances, all of which are unsecured, interest free and repayable upon written notice 

from the Group.

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, nil trade receivable is from gold dore bars sale to CNG (note 27(a)). The Group 

allows  an  average  credit  period  of  90  days  and  180  days  to  its  external  trade  customers  including  CNG  for  gold 

dore bar sales and copper sales, respectively.

Below  is  an  aged  analysis  of  trade  receivables  (net  of  allowance)  presented  based  on  invoice  dates,  which 

approximated the respective revenue recognition dates, at the end of the reporting period:

Less than 30 days

31 to 90 days

91 to 180 days

Over 180 days

2013

US$’000

2012

US$’000

40

480

45

30

595

372

343

249

220

1,184

In determining the recoverability of a trade receivable, the Group considers any change in the credit quality of the 

trade  receivable  from  the  date  credit  was  initially  granted  up  to  the  reporting  date.  The  customers  with  balances 

that  are  neither  past  due  nor  impaired  have  good  repayment  history  and  thus  no  impairment  is  considered 

necessary.

98

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14.  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (Cont’d)

Included  in  the  Group’s  trade  receivables  balances  are  debtors  with  aggregate  carrying  amount  of  US$30,000 

and  US$220,000  at  31  December  2013  and  2012,  respectively,  which  are  past  due  over  six  months  for  which 

the  Group  has  not  provided  for  impairment  loss  as  there  has  not  been  a  significant  change  in  credit  quality  and 

amounts are still considered recoverable based on historical experience.

Movement in the allowance for doubtful debts:

At January 1

Addition

Exchange realignment

At December 31

2013

US$’000

2012

US$’000

50

93

2

145

50

–

–

50

The Group holds no collateral for any receivable amounts outstanding as at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

15.  PREPAID EXPENSES AND DEPOSITS

Deposits for mine supplies and services (note a)

Deposits for spare parts

Deposits for environmental protection (note b)

Deposit for acquisition of property, plant and equipment (note c)

Prepaid property and machinery insurance

Amount due from a non-controlling shareholder (note d)

Other prepayment and deposits

2013

US$’000

2,288

1,306

4,212

11,728

820

435

2,904

2012

US$’000

5,957

3,139

4,753

40,230

397

423

1,098

Total prepaid expenses, deposits and other receivables

23,693

55,997

Less: Amounts that are settled or utilized within one year shown under 

current assets

(6,987)

(10,270)

Amounts that are settled or utilized for more than one year shown under 

non-current assets

16,706

45,727

99

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15.  PREPAID EXPENSES AND DEPOSITS (Cont’d)

Notes:

a. 

The  amount  represents  deposits  paid  to  third  party  vendors  and  related  companies  for  purchasing  of  raw  materials  and  inventory 

consumable.

b. 

The amount represents deposits paid to the PRC local land administration bureau for undertaking the restoration of land when the 

lease  term  is  expired.  Such  amount  is  receivable  upon  the  end  of  the  mine  life  and  is  expected  to  be  repaid  after  one  year  and 

therefore it is shown as a non-current asset at both 2013 and 2012 year end.

c. 

The  amount  represents  deposits  paid  to  third  party  contractors  for  the  acquisition  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  to  expand  its 

mining capacity in Tibet, the PRC. The amount is shown as non-current asset.

d. 

The  amount  represented  the  amount  due  from  Metrorkonga  Jiama  Cooperatives  (“Jiama  Cooperatives”),  a  non-controlling 

shareholder  of  Jiama  Industry  and  Trade,  a  51%  owned  subsidiary  of  Huatailong.  Huatailong,  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the 

Company,  paid  RMB2,450,000  (equivalent  to  approximately  US$435,000)  on  behalf  of  Jiama  Cooperatives  as  the  49%  capital 

contribution to Jiama Industry and Trade.

The  amount  is  unsecured,  interest-free  and  repayable  on  demand.  As  agreed  between  Huatailong  and  Jiama  Cooperatives,  Jiama 

Cooperatives  can  use  future  distribution  of  dividend  by  Jiama  Industry  and  Trade  to  settle  the  amount.  The  Group  considers  that 

the amount due from Jiama Cooperatives will not be repayable within one year; therefore, it is classified as non-current asset.

16.  ENTRUSTED LOAN RECEIVABLE

On  October  18,  2012,  the  Group  entered  into  an  entrusted  loan  agreement  with  CNG  and  Agricultural 

Bank  of  China  (“ABC”)  in  which  the  Group  provided  a  loan  of  RMB100  million  (equivalent  to  approximately 

US$16,052,000)  to  CNG  through  ABC  as  the  entrusted  bank.  The  entrusted  loan  was  unsecured  and  carried 

interest  at  floating  rate  based  on  the  People’s  Bank  of  China  base  rate.  The  principal  loan  amount  and  accrued 

interests thereon were fully repaid on April 17, 2013.

17.  PREPAID LEASE PAYMENTS

At January 1, 2012

Release to profit or loss

Exchange realignment

At December 31, 2012 and January 1, 2013

Additions

Release to profit or loss

Exchange realignment

At December 31, 2013

Analyzed for reporting purpose:

  Current portion

  Non-current portion

US$’000

6,924

(168)

64

6,820

1,821

(195)

214

8,660

2013

US$’000

2012

US$’000

235
8,425

8,660

194

6,626

6,820

Prepaid  lease  payments  represent  payments  for  medium-term  leasehold  land  located  in  the  PRC.  The  prepaid 

lease payments are released to profit or loss over the remaining lease terms.

100

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18.  INVENTORY

Gold in process

Gold dore bars

Consumables

Copper

Spare parts

Total inventory

Less: Amounts expected to be recovered after 12 months (note) (shown 

under non-current assets)

2013

US$’000

44,628

4,182

5,959

122

8,355

2012

US$’000

26,192

4,127

7,677

5,004

5,455

63,246

48,455

(2,001)

(10,005)

Amounts shown under current assets

61,245

38,450

Note:

Management  has  taken  into  consideration  the  long-term  process  involved  in  recovering  gold  from  a  heap  leaching  system  and  has 

classified  inventory,  specifically,  the  gold  in  process,  that  are  expected  to  be  recovered  more  than  twelve  months  after  the  end  of  the 

reporting period into non-current assets.

Inventory  totalling  US$200,355,000  (2012:  US$193,206,000)  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013  was 

recognized in cost of sales.

19.  AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE INVESTMENTS

Listed investment:
  – Equity securities listed in Hong Kong  (1)
Unlisted investment:
  – Equity securities  (2)

December 31,  

December 31,  

2013

US$’000

2012

US$’000

20,198

20,570

1,652

803

21,850

21,373

(1) 

On  June  29,  2012,  the  Group  acquired  70,545,000  shares  of  China  Nonferrous  Mining  Corporation  Limited  (“CNMC”),  a  listed 

company  in  Hong  Kong  at  HK$2.20  per  share  for  a  total  consideration  of  US$20,011,000  which  represents  2.03%  equity  interest 

in CNMC.

On December 31, 2013, the investment was stated at fair value on quoted bid prices on December 31, 2013 and a fair value loss 

of US$372,000 (2012: gain of US$559,000) has been recognized in other comprehensive income.

(2) 

As  of  December  31,  2013,  the  Group  has  invested  RMB10,000,000  (approximately  US$1,652,000,  2012:  US$803,000) 

representing 10% share interest in Inner Mongolia Chengxin Yong’an Chemicals Co., Ltd. (“Yong’an Chemicals”). Yong’an Chemicals is 

incorporated in the PRC and principally engage in the development and manufacturing of chemicals.

The  investment  is  measured  at  cost  less  impairment  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period  because  the  range  of 

reasonable fair value estimates is so significant that the fair values cannot be measured reliably.

101

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Furniture 

and office 

Machinery and 

Leasehold 

Buildings
US$’000

Crusher
US$’000

equipment
US$’000

equipment Motor vehicles
US$’000
US$’000

improvements Mineral assets
US$’000

US$’000

141,403

1,216

–

4,797

–

13,589

1,553

162,558

3,037

–

30,678

–

4,685

72,283

–

–

–

–

–

–

72,283

–

–

–

–

–

1,573

217

–

–

–

(3)

7

1,794

654

–

–

–

79,032

5,860

–

16,104

–

(13,586)

730

88,140

4,828

(418)

–

–

186

1,601

5,373

591

(119)

–

–

–

45

5,890

1,986

(49)

–

–

145

100

–

–

–

–

–

–

100

–

–

–

–

–

87,215

33,636

–

–

3,003

–

951

124,805

72,510

–

–

21,700

2,737

Construction 

in progress 

(“CIP”)
US$’000

16,123

131,621

–

(20,901)

–

–

2,020

128,863

423,939

–

(30,678)

–

7,534

Total
US$’000

403,102

173,141

(119)

–

3,003

–

5,306

584,433

506,954

(467)

–

21,700

16,888

COST

At January 1, 2012

Additions

Disposals

Transfer from CIP

Environmental rehabilitation 

adjustment (Note 25)

Reclassification

Exchange realignment

At December 31, 2012

Additions

Disposals

Transfer from CIP

Environmental rehabilitation 

adjustment (Note 25)

Exchange realignment

At December 31, 2013

200,958

72,283

2,634

94,151

7,972

100

221,752

529,658

1,129,508

ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION

As at January 1, 2012

Provided for the year

Eliminated on disposals

Reclassification

Exchange realignment

At December 31, 2012

Provided for the year

Eliminated on disposals

Exchange realignment

(4,488)

(6,241)

–

(1,028)

(184)

(11,941)

(7,917)

–

(395)

(9,661)

(5,549)

–

–

–

(15,210)

(6,222)

–

–

(866)

(245)

–

–

(5)

(1,116)

(176)

–

(100)

(15,433)

(6,606)

–

1,028

(160)

(21,171)

(7,430)

94

(359)

(1,285)

(788)

83

–

(22)

(2,012)

(922)

45

(52)

(41)

(15)

–

–

–

(56)

(20)

–

–

(10,267)

(5,476)

–

–

(69)

(15,812)

(11,158)

–

(185)

At December 31, 2013

(20,253)

(21,432)

(1,392)

(28,866)

(2,941)

(76)

(27,155)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(42,041)

(24,920)

83

–

(440)

(67,318)

(33,845)

139

(1,091)

(102,115)

CARRYING VALUE
At December 31, 2013

180,705

50,851

1,242

65,285

5,031

At December 31, 2012

150,617

57,073

678

66,969

3,878

24

44

194,597

529,658

1,027,393

108,993

128,863

517,115

Included  in  the  cost  above  is  US$22,088,000  (2012:  US$15,984,000)  as  at  December  31,  2013  in  relation  to 

finance costs which have been capitalized as crusher and mineral assets.

102

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (Cont’d)

The  above  items  of  property,  plant  and  equipment,  except  for  mineral  assets,  are  depreciated  using  the  straight-

line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows:

Buildings

Crusher

Furniture and office equipment

Machinery and equipment

Motor vehicles

Over the shorter of the term of lease, or 24 years

14 years

2 to 5 years

2 to 10 years

5 to 10 years

Leasehold improvements

Over the shorter of the term of lease, or 5.5 years

Mineral  assets  mainly  represent  drilling  and  related  costs  incurred  on  sites  with  an  existing  mine  and  on  areas 

within  the  boundary  of  a  known  mineral  deposit  which  contains  proven  and  probable  reserves  and  are  capitalized 

prior  to  the  commencement  of  production  at  the  mine  site.  Mineral  assets  are  depreciated  using  the  unit-of-

production  method  based  on  the  actual  production  volume  over  the  estimated  total  proven  and  probable  reserves 

of the mines.

Mineral Assets

(a)  CSH Gold Mine

CSH  Gold  Mine,  in  which  our  Group  holds  a  96.5%  interest,  consists  of  a  licensed  area  of  36  square 

kilometers  (“km2”)  in  the  western  part  of  Inner  Mongolia,  northern  China.  The  site  is  centrally  positioned 

within  the  east-west-trending  Tian  Shan  Gold  Belt  and  is  approximately  650  kilometers  (“km”)  northwest  of 

Beijing.  The  carrying  value  of  mineral  assets  of  the  CSH  Gold  Mine  is  US$122,216,000  as  at  December  31, 

2013 (December 31, 2012: US$60,547,000).

(b) 

Jiama Mine

The  Jiama  Mine,  a  large  copper-gold  polymetallic  deposit  consisting  of  skarn-type  and  hornfels-type 

mineralization  located  in  Metrorkongka  County  in  Tibet,  in  which  the  Group  holds  100%  interest  through 

its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Skyland.  The  Group  acquired  Skyland  on  December  1,  2010.  The  Jiama  Mine 

holds  two  mining  permits  covering  an  area  of  approximately  76.9  km2  and  66.4  km2,  respectively.  The 

carrying  value  of  the  Jiama  Mine  in  relation  to  mineral  assets  is  US$72,381,000  as  at  December  31,  2013 

(December 31, 2012: US$48,446,000).

103

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS21.  MINING RIGHTS

COST

At January 1, 2012

Exchange realignment

At December 31, 2012 and January 1, 2013

Exchange realignment

At December 31, 2013

ACCUMULATED AMORTIZATION

At January 1, 2012

Additions

Exchange realignment

At December 31, 2012 and January 1, 2013

Additions

Exchange realignment

At December 31, 2013

CARRYING VALUE

At December 31, 2013

At December 31, 2012

Mining rights
US$’000

978,922

503

979,425

1,452

980,877

(16,918)

(14,252)

(23)

(31,193)

(6,077)

(50)

(37,320)

943,557

948,232

Mining  rights  represent  two  mining  rights  in  the  Jiama  Mine,  in  relation  to  the  copper  concentrate  and  other  by-

products  production,  acquired  through  the  acquisition  of  the  Skyland  Group.  The  mining  rights  will  expire  in 

2014  and  2015,  respectively,  the  Group  considers  that  it  will  be  able  to  renew  the  mining  rights  with  the  relevant 

government authority continuously at insignificant cost.

Amortization  on  mining  rights  acquired  is  provided  to  write  off  the  cost  of  the  mining  rights  using  the  unit-of-

production  method  based  on  the  actual  production  volume  over  the  estimated  total  proven  and  probable  reserves 

of the mines.

104

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22.  ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accounts  payable  and  accrued  expenses  of  the  Group  are  principally  comprised  of  amounts  outstanding  for  trade 

purchases relating to minerals production activities and construction activities. The average credit period taken for 

trade purchases is between 120 to 150 days.

Accounts payables and accrued expenses comprise the following:

Accounts payable

Construction cost payables

Advances from customers

Mining cost accrual

Other accruals

Payroll and benefit accruals

Other tax payables

Other payables

2013

US$’000

33,053

57,010

513

2,872

4,253

4,551

4,526

9,174

2012

US$’000

18,837

27,697

6,221

3,747

1,643

4,631

6,803

5,494

115,952

75,073

The  following  is  an  aged  analysis  of  the  accounts  payable  presented  based  on  the  invoice  date  at  the  end  of  the 

reporting period:

Less than 30 days

31 to 90 days

91 to 180 days

Over 180 days

2013

US$’000

28,533

214

141

4,165

2012

US$’000

9,872

3,944

244

4,777

Total accounts payable

33,053

18,837

105

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23.  BORROWINGS

The borrowings are repayable as follows:

Carrying amount repayable within one year

Carrying amount repayable within one to two years

Carrying amount repayable within two to five years

Less: Amounts due within one year (shown under current liabilities)

December 31, 

December 31, 

 2013

US$’000

232,432

181,217

90,857

504,506

(232,432)

 2012

US$’000

72,234

60,435

80,260

212,929

(72,234)

Amounts shown under non-current liabilities

272,074

140,695

Analysed as:

Secured

Unsecured

December 31, 

December 31, 

 2013

US$’000

188,734

315,772

 2012

US$’000

192,623

20,306

504,506

212,929

Borrowings carry interest at effective interest rated ranging from 2.85% to 6.08% (December 31, 2012: 4.2% to 6.3%) 

per annum.

The carrying values of the pledged assets to secure borrowings by the Group are as follows:

December 31, 

December 31, 

 2013

US$’000

204,265

943,557

 2012

US$’000

348,371

948,232

1,147,822

1,296,703

Property, plant and equipment

Mining rights

106

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24.  DEFERRED INCOME

Deferred income – government grants

Deferred lease inducement

Total deferred income

2013

US$’000

2,476

42

2,518

2012

US$’000

728

75

803

Pursuant  to  the  approval  notices  issued  by  the  Environmental  Protection  Department  of  Tibet  Autonomous  Region 

in  August  2012,  Jiama  received  government  grants  in  relation  to  the  contamination  control  of  heavy  metal  ion 

acidulated water project amounting to RMB9,840,000 (equivalent to approximately US$1,600,000) during the year 

ended December 31, 2013. The grants are recorded as deferred income in the consolidated statement of financial 

position  and  will  be  credited  to  profit  or  loss  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  expected  useful  lives  of  the  related 

assets.

Movement in the deferred income – government grants:

At January 1

Addition

Charged to other income

Exchange realignment

At December 31

25.  ENVIRONMENTAL REHABILITATION

2013

US$’000

2012

US$’000

728

2,972

(1,276)

52

2,476

865

–

(145)

8

728

The  environmental  rehabilitation  relates  to  reclamation  and  closure  costs  relating  to  the  Group’s  mine  operations 

at  the  CSH  Gold  Mine  and  Jiama  Mine.  The  environmental  rehabilitation  is  calculated  as  the  net  present  value 

of  estimated  future  net  cash  flows  of  the  reclamation  and  closure  costs,  which  total  US$87,368,000  (2012: 

US$41,890,000), discounted at 9.3% (2012: 11.2%) per annum at December 31, 2013.

The following is an analysis of the environmental rehabilitation:

At January 1

Additions to site reclamation

Utilization during the year

Additions (reductions) resulted from change in discount rate during the 

year

Accretion incurred in the current year

Exchange realignment

2013

US$’000

6,813

18,823

–

2,877
763
550

2012

US$’000

4,253

3,701

(1,124)

(698)

664

17

At December 31

29,826

6,813

107

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
26.  SHARE CAPITAL AND OPTIONS

(a)  Common shares

(i) 

Authorized – Unlimited common shares without par value

(ii) 

Issued and outstanding

Issued & fully paid:

  At January 1, 2012

  Exercise of stock option

Number of shares

Amount

US$’000

396,163,753

1,228,184

155,000

547

  At December 31, 2012 and January 1, 2013
  Exercise of stock option

396,318,753
95,000

1,228,731
330

  At December 31, 2013

396,413,753

1,229,061

(b)  Stock options

The  Group  has  a  stock  option  plan  which  permits  the  board  of  directors  of  the  Company  to  grant  options 

to  directors  and  employees  to  acquire  common  shares  of  the  Company  at  the  price  approved  by  the  board 

of  directors.  A  portion  of  the  stock  options  vest  immediately  on  the  grant  date  and  the  balance  vests  over  a 

period of up to five years from the grant date.

The  stock  options  have  a  life  of  up  to  six  years  from  grant  date.  The  fair  market  value  of  the  exercise  price 

is  the  volume  weighted  average  price  of  the  common  shares  for  the  five  days  on  which  they  were  traded 

immediately preceding the date of approval by the board of directors.

The following is a summary of option transactions under the Group’s stock option plan during the year:

2013

2012

Weighted 

Weighted 

Balance at January 1

Options exercised

Options forfeited

Options expired

Number of 

average exercise 

options

540,000

(95,000)

–

(45,000)

price

CAD

4.62

2.20

–

2.20

695,000

(155,000)

–

–

Number of 
options

average exercise 
price

Balance at December 31

400,000

5.56

540,000

CAD

3.98

2.18

–

–

4.62

295,000 stock options were granted during the year ended December 31, 2007 at exercise price of CAD2.2. 

These  options  expired  on  July  20,  2013.  199,000  stock  options  were  vested  at  December  31,  2011  while 

the  remaining  96,000  stock  options  were  vested  on  July  20,  2012.  Approximately  US$nil  and  US$8,000 

were charged to the profit or loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

108

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26.  SHARE CAPITAL AND OPTIONS (Cont’d)

(b)  Stock options (Cont’d)

400,000  stock  options  were  granted  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010.  The  options  were  granted 

on June 1, 2010 and expire on June 1, 2015. The exercise price was CAD4.35 per share from June 1, 2010 

until  June  1,  2011,  CAD4.78  per  share  from  June  2,  2011  until  June  1,  2012,  CAD5.21  per  share  from 

June  2,  2012  until  June  1,  2013,  CAD5.64  per  share  from  June  2,  2013  until  June  1,  2014,  and  CAD6.09 

per  share  from  June  2,  2014  until  June  1,  2015  or  such  later  termination  date  as  may  apply.  20%  of  the 

shares  vested  immediately,  on  June  2,  2011  and  June  2,  2012,  an  additional  20%  of  the  options  vested  on 

June  2,  2013  and  will  vest  on  June  2,  2014,  respectively.  The  fair  value  of  these  options  at  date  of  grant 

was  approximately  US$860,000,  of  which  approximately  US$42,000  and  US$94,000  were  charged  to  the 

profit  or  loss  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012  respectively.  No  stock  options  were  granted 

during the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

The  following  table  summarizes  information  about  stock  options  outstanding  and  exercisable  at  December 

31, 2013:

Options outstanding

Options exercisable

Remaining 

Weighted 

Weighted 

Number of  

contractual life 

average exercise 

Number of  

average exercise 

Expiring in

stock options

(years)

stock options

price
CAD

2015

400,000

1.42

5.56

320,000

400,000

5.56

320,000

price
CAD

5.43

5.43

The  following  table  summarizes  information  about  stock  options  outstanding  and  exercisable  at  December 

31, 2012:

Options outstanding

Options exercisable

Remaining 

Weighted 

Weighted 

Number of 

contractual life 

average exercise 

Number of 

average exercise 

Expiring in

stock options

(years)

2013

2015

0.55

2.42

140,000

400,000

540,000

price

CAD

2.20

5.47

stock options

140,000

240,000

4.62

380,000

price

CAD

2.20

5.21

4.10

The  fair  value  of  options  granted  was  determined  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  at  the  grant 

date.

109

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The  Group  operates  in  an  economic  environment  currently  predominated  by  enterprises  directly  or  indirectly 

owned  or  controlled  or  significantly  influenced  by  the  PRC  government  (hereinafter  collectively  referred  to  as 

“Government-related  entities”).  In  addition,  the  Group  itself  is  a  Government-related  entity.  CNG,  a  substantial 

shareholder with significant influence over the Group, is a state owned company registered in Beijing, PRC, which 

is controlled by State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission of the State Council of the PRC.

During  the  year,  except  as  disclosed  below,  the  Group  did  not  have  any  individually  significant  transactions  with 

other Government-related entities in its ordinary and usual course of business.

Name and relationship with related parties during the years are as follows:

CNG owned the following percentages of outstanding common shares of the Company:

CNG

December 31, 

December 31, 

 2013

%

39.3

 2012

%

39.3

(a)  Transactions/balances with government-related entities in the PRC

(i) 

Transactions/balance with CNG and its subsidiaries

The Group had the following transactions with CNG and CNG’s subsidiaries:

December 31, 

December 31, 

 2013

US$’000

 2012

US$’000

Gold dore bars sales by the Group

173,985

220,142

Copper and other product sales by the Group

55,819

–

Provision of transportation services by the Group

2,724

1,638

Construction services provided to the Group

237,794

77,032

110

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Cont’d)

(a)  Transactions/balances with government-related entities in the PRC (Cont’d)

(i) 

Transactions/balance with CNG and its subsidiaries (Cont’d)

The  Group  has  the  following  significant  balances  with  CNG  and  its  subsidiaries  at  the  end  of  each 

reporting period:

Assets
Entrusted loan receivable from CNG (Note 16)

Amounts due from related companies (Note 14)

Deposits (Note 15)

Total amounts due from CNG and its subsidiaries

December 31, 

December 31, 

 2013

US$’000

 2012

US$’000

–

3,354

931

4,285

16,052

1,354

575

17,981

The  amounts  due  from  CNG  and  its  subsidiaries  which  are  included  in  accounts  receivable  and  other 

receivables are non-interest bearing, with the exception of the entrusted loan, unsecured and repayable 

on demand.

Liabilities
Other payable to CNG’s subsidiaries

Customer advance paid by CNG’s subsidiary

Total amounts due to CNG and its subsidiaries

December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012
US$’000

US$’000

2,185

6,595

8,780

–

–

–

The  amount  due  to  CNG  and  its  subsidiaries  which  are  included  in  other  payables,  are  non-interest 

bearing, unsecured and have no fixed terms of repayments.

(ii)  Transactions/balances with other government – related entities in the PRC

Apart  from  the  transactions  with  CNG  and  its  subsidiaries  disclosed  above,  the  Group  has  also 

entered  into  transactions  of  bank  deposits,  borrowings  and  other  general  banking  facilities  with  other 

government-related entities in its ordinary course of business.

111

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Cont’d)

(b)  Transactions/balances with other non-government related parties/entities

The Group has the following significant balances with related parties at the end of each reporting period:

Asset
Amount due from a non-controlling shareholder of a subsidiary 

(included in other receivables)

Total amount due from a related party

2013

US$’000

2012

US$’000

435

435

423

423

The amount due from the related party is non-interest bearing, unsecured and repayable on demand.

Other  than  the  directors’  emoluments  disclosed  in  Note  10(a),  the  Group  has  the  following  compensation  to 

other key management personnel during the years:

Salaries and other benefits

Post-employment benefits

28.  SEGMENT INFORMATION

2013

US$’000

2012

US$’000

939

18

957

553

5

558

IFRS  8  requires  operating  segments  to  be  identified  on  the  basis  of  internal  reports  that  are  regularly  reviewed 

by  the  chief  operating  decision-maker  (“CODM”)  to  allocate  resources  to  the  segments  and  to  assess  their 

performance.

The  chief  operating  decision-maker,  which  is  responsible  for  allocating  resources  and  assessing  performance 
of  the  operating  segments,  has  been  defined  as  the  executive  directors  of  the  Company.  The  chief  operating 

decision-maker has identified two operating segments as follows:

(i) 

The mine-produced gold segment – the production of gold bullion through the Group’s integrated processes, 

i.e., mining, metallurgical processing, production and selling of gold dore bars to external clients.

(ii)  The  mine-produced  copper  segment  –  the  production  of  copper  concentrate  and  other  by-products  through 

the  Group’s  integrated  separation,  i.e.,  mining,  metallurgical  processing,  production  and  selling  copper 

concentrate and other by-products to external clients.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  for  performance  assessment  and  resources  allocation,  the  CODM 
not  just  focused  on  mining  operating  earnings  but  also  profit  (loss)  before  income  tax  attributable  to  respective 

segment.  The  change  in  basis  is  to  align  with  the  Group’s  long  term  strategy.  Following  the  change,  the  segment 

information  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012  has  been  represented  to  conform  to  the  presentation  of 

current year’s financial statements.

112

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28.  SEGMENT INFORMATION (Cont’d)

Information regarding the above segments is reported below.

(a)  Segment revenues and results

The following is an analysis of the Group’s revenue and results by reportable and operating segment:

For the year ended December 31, 2013

Mine – 

Mine – 

Produced 

produced gold

copper Segment Total

Unallocated

Consolidated

US$’000

US$’000

US$’000

US$’000

US$’000

Revenue – External

Cost of sales

178,143

(113,217)

124,465

302,608

(87,516)

(200,733)

Mining operating earnings

64,926

36,949

101,875

–

–

–

302,608

(200,733)

101,875

Income from operations

64,683

21,338

86,021

(10,096)

75,925

Foreign exchange gain (loss), 

net

Interest and other income

Finance costs

Profit (loss) before income tax

For the year ended December 31, 2012

(411)

2,127

(2,667)

63,732

979

1,177

(7,987)

15,507

568

3,304

(10,654)

79,239

946

3,458

–

(5,692)

1,514

6,762

(10,654)

73,547

Mine – 

Mine – 

Produced 

produced gold

copper Segment Total

Unallocated

Consolidated

US$’000

US$’000

US$’000

US$’000

US$’000

Revenue – External

Cost of sales

223,775

(128,893)

108,612

332,387

(78,565)

(207,458)

Mining operating Earnings

94,882

30,047

124,929

–

–

–

332,387

(207,458)

124,929

Income from operations

94,511

13,907

108,418

(8,928)

99,490

Foreign exchange gain (loss), 

net

Interest and other income

Finance costs

Profit (loss) before income tax

504

3,724

(2,486)

96,253

(1,177)

3,038

(10,063)

5,705

(673)

6,762

(12,549)

101,958

844

5,803

–

(2,281)

171

12,565

(12,549)

99,677

113

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28.  SEGMENT INFORMATION (Cont’d)

(a)  Segment revenues and results (Cont’d)

The  accounting  policies  of  the  operating  segments  are  the  same  as  the  Group’s  accounting  policies 

described  in  note  3.  Segment  profit  represents  the  mine  operating  earnings  earned  by  each  segment 

representing  the  revenues  less  direct  cost  of  sales  as  shown  on  the  consolidated  statement  of  profit  or  loss 

and other comprehensive income. This is the measure reported to the chief operating decision maker for the 

purposes of resource allocation and performance assessment.

There are no inter-segment sales for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

(b)  Segment assets and liabilities

The following is an analysis of the Group’s assets and liabilities by segment:

As of December 31, 2013
Total assets

Total liabilities

As of December 31, 2012
Total assets

Total liabilities

(c)  Other segment information

Mine – 

produced gold
US$’000

Mine – 
Produced 

copper
US$’000

Segment Total
US$’000

Unallocated
US$’000

Consolidated
US$’000

430,543

111,499

1,724,209

2,154,752

673,841

785,340

63,749

1,636

2,218,501

786,976

339,340

62,981

1,401,659

1,740,999

374,436

437,417

65,265

1,053

1,806,264

438,470

Mine – 

produced gold
US$’000

Mine – 

Produced 

copper
US$’000

Segment Total
US$’000

Unallocated
US$’000

Consolidated
US$’000

For the year ended December 31, 

2013

Additions of property, plant and 

equipment

155,397

351,557

506,954

Depreciation of property, plant and 

equipment

Amortization of mining rights

For the year ended December 31, 

2012

Additions of property, plant and 

(20,379)

–

(13,466)

(6,077)

(33,845)

(6,077)

equipment

71,792

101,349

173,141

Depreciation of property, plant and 

equipment

Amortization of mining rights

(13,365)

–

(11,555)

(14,252)

(24,920)

(14,252)

–

–

–

–

–

–

506,954

(33,845)

(6,077)

173,141

(24,920)

(14,252)

114

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS28.  SEGMENT INFORMATION (Cont’d)

(d)  Geographical information

The Group operated in two geographical areas, Canada and the PRC. The Group’s corporate division located 

in  Canada  only  earns  revenue  that  is  considered  incidental  to  the  activities  of  the  Group  and  therefore  does 

not  meet  the  definition  of  an  operating  segment  as  defined  in  IFRS  8  Operating  Segments.  During  the  year 

ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Group’s revenue was generated from gold sales and copper multi 

products to customers in the PRC.

(e) 

Information about major customers

Revenue  from  major  customers  which  accounts  for  10%  or  more  of  the  Group’s  total  revenue  are  sales  of 

gold dore bars and copper and other product to CNG and its subsidiaries as disclosed in Note 27 (a) (i).

29.  SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Non-cash financing activities

The Group incurred the following non-cash financing activities:

2013

US$’000

2012

US$’000

Transfer of share option reserve upon exercise of options

124

206

30.  CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The  Group  manages  its  common  shares  and  stock  options  as  capital.  The  Group’s  objectives  when  managing 

capital  are  to  safeguard  the  Group’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern  in  order  to  operate  its  mine,  pursue 

the  development  of  its  mineral  properties  and  to  maintain  a  flexible  capital  structure  which  optimizes  the  costs  of 

capital at an acceptable risk. The Group’s overall strategy remains unchanged from prior years.

The  Group  manages  the  capital  structure  and  makes  adjustments  to  it  in  light  of  operating  results,  changes 

in  economic  conditions  and  the  risk  characteristics  of  the  underlying  assets.  To  maintain  or  adjust  the  capital 

structure,  the  Group  may  attempt  to  issue  new  shares  or  options,  issue  of  new  debt,  redemption  of  existing  debt 

or acquire or dispose of assets.

In  order  to  facilitate  the  Management  of  its  capital  requirements,  the  Group  prepares  annual  expenditure  budgets 

that  are  updated  as  necessary  depending  on  various  factors,  including  operating  results,  successful  capital 

deployment  and  general  industry  conditions.  The  annual  and  updated  budgets  are  approved  by  the  board  of 

directors of the Company.

In order to maximize ongoing development efforts, the Group does not pay out dividends. The Group’s investment 

policy  is  to  invest  its  short-term  excess  cash  in  fixed  bank  deposits  with  maturities  of  90  days  or  less  from  the 

original date of acquisition, selected with regards to the expected timing of expenditures from its operations.

115

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
31.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Financial instrument 

classification

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables

Available-for-sale

2013

US$’000

105,887

–

9,714

435

21,850

2012

US$’000

181,740

16,052

3,380

423

21,373

Other financial liabilities

99,237

52,028

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Entrusted loan receivable

Accounts receivable

Amount due from a non-controlling 

shareholder (included in other 

receivables)

Available-for-sale investment

Financial liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued expenses*

Borrowings

– Loans, other than syndicated loan

Other financial liabilities

– Syndicated loan

Other financial liabilities

397,130

107,376

92,540

120,389

* 

Excluded advances from customers, other tax payables and accruals.

The fair values of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents, entrusted loan receivable, accounts receivable, accounts 

payable  and  current  portion  of  long-term  loan  and  syndicated  loan  approximate  their  carrying  values  due  to  their 

short-term nature.

The  Group’s  financial  instruments  are  exposed  to  certain  financial  risks  including  market  risk  (e.g.  currency  risk 

and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

116

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
31.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Cont’d)

(a)  Currency risk

The  Group  is  exposed  to  the  financial  risk  related  to  the  fluctuation  of  foreign  exchange  rates.  Certain 

subsidiaries  of  the  Company  operate  in  the  PRC  and  Canada  with  functional  currency  of  US$.  A  significant 

change  in  the  currency  exchange  rates  between  RMB  relative  to  US$  could  have  a  significant  effect  on 

the  Group’s  results  of  operations,  financial  position  or  cash  flows.  The  Group  has  not  hedged  its  exposure 

to  currency  fluctuations.  However,  the  Management  monitors  foreign  exchange  exposure  and  will  consider 

hedging significant foreign currency exposure should the need arise.

RMB monetary assets and liabilities

Cash and cash equivalents

Entrusted loan receivable

Accounts receivable

Available-for-sale investments

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

Borrowings

2013

US$’000

43,072

–

348

1,652

(30,687)

(62,774)

2012

US$’000

97,121

16,052

480

803

(19,246)

(24,078)

(48,389)

71,132

Based on the above net exposures, and assuming that all other variables remain constant, a 5% (2012: 5%) 

depreciation/appreciation  of  the  RMB  against  the  US$  would  result  in  an  increase/decrease  in  the  Group’s 

profit  for  the  year  of  approximately  US$2,004,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  and  a  decrease/

increase  in  the  Group’s  profit  for  the  year  of  approximately  US$2,637,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 

2012.

In Management’s opinion, the sensitivity analysis is unrepresentative of the inherent foreign exchange risk as 

the year end exposure does not reflect the exposure during the year.

117

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
31.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Cont’d)

(b) 

Interest rate risk

Interest  rate  risk  is  the  risk  that  the  fair  value  or  future  cash  flows  of  a  financial  instrument  will  fluctuate 

because  of  changes  in  market  interest  rates.  The  Group  is  exposed  to  cash  flow  interest  rate  risk  on  the 

variable  rate  bank  balances  and  variable-rate  bank  borrowings  (see  note  23  for  details  of  these  borrowings). 

It  is  the  Group’s  policy  to  keep  its  borrowings  at  floating  rate  of  interests  so  as  to  minimise  the  fair  value 

interest rate risk.

Sensitivity analysis

The following analysis is prepared assuming the financial instruments outstanding at the end of the reporting 

period were outstanding for the whole year and all other variables were held constant. A 25 basis point (2012: 

25 basis points) increase or decrease is used when reporting interest rate risk internally to key management 

personnel and represents management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in interest rates.

For  bank  balances,  the  analysis  below  reflects  the  sensitivity  that  the  interest  rate  may  drop  by  25  basis 

points (2012: 25 basis points) or limit to 0%.

25 basis points (2012: 25 basis points) higher

  – decrease in profit for the year

  – addition in finance costs capitalized

25 basis points (2012: 25 basis points) lower

  – increase in profit for the year

  – reduction in finance costs capitalized

2013

US$’000

2012

US$’000

(206)

722

206

(722)

(28)

–

28

–

The Group monitors interest rate exposure and will consider hedging significant interest rate exposure should 

the need arise.

118

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
31.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Cont’d)

(c)  Credit risk

Credit  risk  is  the  risk  of  an  unexpected  loss  if  a  customer  or  third  party  to  a  financial  asset  fails  to  meet  its 

contractual  obligations.  The  Group  sells  approximately  97.7%  (2012:  98.4%)  of  its  gold  to  one  creditworthy 

customer,  CNG,  and  approximately  44.8%  (2012:  Nil)  of  its  copper  concentrate  and  other  by-product  to  a 

CNG’s  subsidiary  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013  and  exposes  the  Group  to  concentration  of  credit 

risk. The failure of these customers to make required payments could have a negative impact on the Group’s 

results.  The  Group  manages  this  risk  by  demanding  upfront  payment  from  CNG  and  set  up  monitoring 

procedures  to  ensure  that  follow-up  action  is  taken  for  timely  settlement  of  receivables  from  the  CNG’s 

subsidiary.

The  Group’s  cash  and  short-term  bank  deposits  are  held  in  limited  number  of  large  PRC  and  Canadian 

banks. These balance mature at various dates within three months. The exchange rate of RMB is determined 

by the Government of the PRC and the remittance of funds out of the PRC is subject to exchange restrictions 

imposed by the Government of the PRC.

The  Group  had  concentration  of  credit  risk  by  geographical  locations  as  the  other  receivables  comprise 

various debtors which are located either in the PRC or Canada for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 

2012.

Other  than  the  concentration  of  the  credit  risk  on  bank  balances  and  accounts  receivable,  the  Group  does 

not have any other significant concentration of credit risk.

(d)  Liquidity risk

Liquidity  risk  is  the  risk  that  the  Group  will  not  be  able  to  meet  its  financial  obligations  as  they  fall  due. 

The  Group  manages  liquidity  risk  through  the  management  of  its  capital  structure  and  financial  leverage  as 

outlined in Note 30.

As  at  December  31,  2013,  the  Group  had  net  current  liabilities  of  approximately  US$171.8  million.  This 

exposes the Group to liquidity risk if the Group could not fulfill its financial obligations.

The  directors  of  the  Company  are  satisfied  that  the  Group  will  have  sufficient  financial  resources  to  meet  its 

financial obligations as they fall due for the next twelve months from the issuance date of these consolidated 

financial  statements  after  taking  into  consideration  (i)  available  undrawn  bank  facilities  amounting  to 

approximately US$7,958,507 as at December 31, 2013 and (ii) internal generated funds.

The  following  table  details  the  Group’s  remaining  contractual  maturities  for  its  non-derivative  financial 

liabilities  (see  Note  33  for  other  commitments).  The  table  is  based  on  the  undiscounted  cash  flows  of 

financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the Group can be required to satisfy the liabilities.

119

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS31.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Cont’d)

(d)  Liquidity risk (Cont’d)

To  the  extent  that  interest  flows  are  floating  rate,  the  undiscounted  amount  is  derived  from  interest  rate  at 

the end of the reporting period:

Within 1 year

US$’000

1-2 years

US$’000

2-5 years

US$’000

cashflow

US$’000

Total 

undiscounted 

Carrying 

Amount

US$’000

At December 31, 2013

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Interest payable on borrowings

99,237

232,432

19,946

–

181,217

10,323

–

90,857

1,489

99,237

504,506

31,758

99,237

504,506

–

351,615

191,540

92,346

635,501

603,743

Within 1 year

US$’000

1-2 years

US$’000

2-5 years

US$’000

cashflow Carrying Total

US$’000

US$’000

Total 

undiscounted 

At December 31, 2012

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Interest payable on borrowings

52,029

72,233

9,832

–

60,436

6,208

–

80,259

4,369

52,029

212,928

20,409

52,029

212,929

–

134,094

66,644

84,628

285,366

264,958

(e)  Fair value

The  fair  value  of  other  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  is  determined  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted pricing models based on discounted cash flow analysis.

The  Group  considers  that  the  carrying  amounts  of  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  recorded  at 

amortized cost in the consolidated financial statements approximate their fair values.

Fair value measurements recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position

Subsequent  to  initial  recognition  at  fair  value,  the  available-for-sale  investment  –  listed  equity  securities  are 

measured  from  quoted  prices  (unadjusted)  in  active  market  (Level  1  fair  value  measurements).  There  was 

no transfer between Level 1 and 2 in the current year and prior years.

120

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32.  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012,  the  Company  received  a  notice  from  China  International  Economic 

and  Trade  Arbitration  Commission  (the  “Commission”)  alleging  that  the  Company  breached  the  agreement 

with  one  of  its  construction  suppliers.  The  Company  filed  a  countersuit  against  the  construction  supplier  to  the 

Commission  for  the  unsatisfactory  result  of  the  construction  and  the  destruction  of  certain  plant,  property  and 

equipment.  As  a  result,  the  Commission  assigned  a  third  party  expert  for  evaluation  of  the  validity  of  the  claims 

made  by  both  parties.  As  of  the  date  of  the  report,  the  evaluation  is  still  in  progress,  and  therefore,  Management 

considers the arbitration to be in a preliminary stage and the potential loss cannot be measured reliably.

33.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating leases commitments

At the  end of each reporting period, the Group had commitments for future minimum lease payments under  non-

cancellable operating leases which fall due as follows:

Within one year

In the second to fifth year inclusive

Over five years

December 31, 

December, 31, 

 2013

US$’000

2012

US$’000

1,255

162

299

1,716

1,908

864

742

3,514

Operating  lease  payments  represent  rentals  payable  by  the  Group  for  its  premises.  Leases  are  negotiated  for  a 

term of one to five years.

December 31, 2013 December, 31, 2012
US$’000

US$’000

Capital commitments
Capital expenditure in respect of acquisition of property, plant and 

equipment in the consolidated financial statements – contracted but 

not provided for

202,860

171,024

Capital expenditure in respect of capital injection to an investee

4,130

4,816

Other commitments and contingencies existed at the end of each reporting period

In  October  2006,  the  Group  signed  a  ten-year  service  contract  with  a  third  party  to  provide  mining  services  to 

the  Group  commencing  in  the  first  quarter  of  2007.  The  value  of  the  mining  service  of  each  year  will  vary  and  is 

dependent upon the amount of mining work performed.

121

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
34.  RETIREMENT BENEFITS SCHEMES

The  employees  of  the  Group’s  subsidiaries  are  members  of  a  state-managed  retirement  benefits  scheme  operated 

by  the  PRC  government.  The  subsidiaries  are  required  to  contribute  a  certain  percentage  of  payroll  cost  to  the 

retirement  benefits  scheme  to  fund  the  benefits.  The  only  obligation  of  the  Group  with  respect  to  the  retirement 

benefits scheme is to make the specified contributions.

The  total  cost  charged  to  the  consolidated  statement  of  profit  or  loss  and  other  comprehensive  income,  as  a  cost 

of  inventory,  of  approximately  US$1,127,000  and  US$1,221,000  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013  and 

2012, respectively, represent contributions payable to the scheme by the Group.

35.  PARTICULARS OF SUBSIDIARIES

Details of the Company’s subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

Name of subsidiaries

Place and date 
of incorporation/
establishment

Issued and fully 
paid share capital/
registered capital

Pacific PGM Inc.

British Virgin Islands 

US$100

(“BVI”) May 17, 2001

Equity interest attributable to the Group 
as at December 31,

Principal activities

2013
100%

2012
100% Investment holding

Pacific PGM (Barbados) Inc.

Barbados September 6, 

US$130,000

100%

100% Investment holding

2007

IMP

Ningxia, PRC April 29, 

US$37,500,000

96.5%

2002

Gansu Mining Company 
(Barbados) Ltd.(1)

Barbados September 7, 

US$119,000

2007

Gansu Pacific(1)

Gansu, PRC September 

RMB30,365,345

18, 2006

nil

nil

96.5% Engaged in exploration and 
development of mining 
properties in China

100% Investment holding

53% Engaged in exploration and 
development of mining 
properties in China

Skyland

Cayman Islands October 6, 

2004

US$233,380,700 
  plus 
  RMB1,510,549,032

100%

100% Investment holding

Tibet Jia Ertong Minerals 
Exploration Ltd.(2)

PRC October 31, 2003

US$273,920,000

100%

100% Exploration, development and 

Huatailong(2)

PRC January 11, 2007

RMB1,760,000,000

100%

mining of mineral properties 
and investment holding

100% Exploration, development and 
mining of mineral properties

Jiama Industry and Trade(2)

PRC December 1, 2011

RMB5,000,000

51%

51% Mining logistics and transport 

business

Skyland Mining (BVI) Limited

BVI October 26, 2012

US$1

100%

100% Inactive

(1) 

(2) 

122

Dissolved during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Domestic limited liability company

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS36.  FINANCIAL SUMMARY OF THE COMPANY

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Accounts receivable

Prepaid expenses, deposits and other receivables

Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment

Loan receivables from subsidiaries

Available-for-sale investment

Investment in subsidiaries

Amounts due from subsidiaries

Total assets

Current liability
Accounts payable and accrued expenses

Non-current liability
Deferred income

Total liabilities

Net current assets

2013

US$’000

2012

US$’000

42,934

110

326

44,001

78

361

43,370

44,440

153

53,798

20,198

987,016

26,250

129

51,083

20,570

981,988

37,771

1,087,415

1,091,541

1,130,785

1,135,981

1,583

41

954

76

1,624

1,030

41,787

43,486

Total assets less current liabilities

1,129,202

1,135,027

Owners’ equity
Share capital (Note 26)

Reserves (Note 37)

Deficits (Note 37)

Total owners’ equity

1,229,061

2,972

(102,872)

1,228,731

3,426

(97,206)

1,129,161

1,134,951

Total liabilities and owners’ equity

1,130,785

1,135,981

123

Annual Report 2013FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
37.  RESERVES AND DEFICITS OF THE COMPANY

At January 1, 2012

Profit for the year

Fair value gain on available- for-sale investment

Total comprehensive income for the year

Exercise of stock option

Share-based compensation

At December 31, 2012 and January 1, 2013

Loss for the year

Fair value loss on available- for-sale investment

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Exercise of stock option

Share-based compensation

Reserve
US$’000

2,971

559

559

(206)

102

3,426

–

(372)

(372)

(124)

42

Accumulated

losses
US$’000

(97,474)

268

268

–

–

(97,206)

(5,666)

–

Total
US$’000

(94,503)

268

559

827

(206)

102

(93,780)

(5,666)

(372)

(5,666)

(6,038)

–

–

(124)

42

At December 31, 2013

2,972

(102,872)

(99,900)

124

China Gold International Resources Corp. Ltd.FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013 ANNUAL REPORT

2
0
1
3
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T